Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
Document Release Date: July 15, 2018 | Software Release Date: July 2018
Legal Notices
Disclaimer
Certain versions of software and/or documents (“Material”) accessible here may contain branding from Hewlett-Packard
Company (now HP Inc.) and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company. As of September 1, 2017, the Material is now offered by
Micro Focus, a separately owned and operated company. Any reference to the HP and Hewlett Packard Enterprise/HPE marks
is historical in nature, and the HP and Hewlett Packard Enterprise/HPE marks are the property of their respective owners.
Warranty
The only warranties for products and services of Micro Focus and its affiliates and licensors (“Micro Focus”) are set forth in
the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as
constituting an additional warranty. Micro Focus shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained
herein. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice.
Copyright Notice
© Copyright 2016-2018 Micro Focus or one of its affiliates
Trademark Notices
Adobe™ is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
This product includes an interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library, which is Copyright © 1995-2002 Jean-
loup Gailly and Mark Adler.
Common flows 65
User help 66
Basics 68
Glossary of ALM Octane entities 69
Backlog and requirement entities 69
Test entities 70
Configuration entities 72
Access your assigned work 72
What does the My Work module include? 72
Manage your items 73
Create a rule to assign items 74
Advance the phase of an item 74
Overview 191
Prerequisites 192
Test run details 192
Assign someone to investigate failures 194
Best practice: Involve committers in pipeline failure analysis 195
Expand your test failure analysis 196
Track changes committed to your Source Control Management system 199
Overview 199
Use cases for tracking commits 200
Prerequisites 201
Track commits associated with a pipeline run 201
Track commits associated with backlog items 202
Use the Commits tab to track committed changes 202
Use the dashboard to analyze your commit activity 204
In the Tests tab, find commits related to failures 204
Map SCM users to ALM Octane users 204
Troubleshooting 205
Identify problematic tests 205
Identify hotspots in your code 207
What is a hotspot? 207
How does ALM Octane measure hotspots? 207
Set up the hotspot dashboard widget 207
Assess potential risk using the hotspot widget 208
Identify risky commits and features at risk 210
Identify application modules at risk 211
Track security vulnerabilities 212
Overview 212
Prerequisites 212
View security assessment results in ALM Octane 213
Manage the discovered vulnerabilities 213
Track code coverage in pipeline runs 214
Code coverage overview 214
Connect ALM Octane to code coverage data 214
View code coverage data in ALM Octane 215
The 'Code coverage by package' widget 216
View code coverage data in ALM Octane 218
The 'Code coverage by package' widget 220
Testing 222
Manual testing flow 223
The testing process 224
What kind of testing can I do? 224
Testing Design 225
Integrations 297
ALM Octane DevOps integrations 298
Overview 298
IDE integrations 299
Source Code Management (SCM) integrations 299
Build automation: CI server integrations 299
Testing tool integrations 300
Security testing integrations 301
Integrations with Commercial Off the Shelf software (COTs) 301
Monitoring tool integrations 302
Additional integrations using the REST API 302
Functionality supported by CI integrations 302
Functionality supported by IDE integrations 304
Access and credentials 305
Set up API access 305
Overview 306
Integration types 306
SaaS: Internal integration types 307
Create API access keys 308
Modify API access keys 308
Revoke API access 309
Regenerate API access 309
Set up credentials 309
Overview 310
Add credentials 310
Delete credentials 310
Synchronization 310
Set up the Integration Bridge Agent 311
Synchronization 311
Trigger Webhook rules 312
Integration Bridge Agent system requirements 312
Download and install the Integration Bridge Agent 313
Prerequisites 313
Download the bridge from ALM Octane 313
Install the Integration Bridge 314
Installing multiple bridges 317
Integration Bridge security 317
Communication with ALM Octane using OAuth authentication 317
Communication via SSL 318
Password encryption 318
Security recommendations 319
Integration Bridge automatic upgrades 320
Manage connection setup 320
Endpoint Credentials Manager 321
Set ALM or JIRA credentials (Endpoint Credentials Manager) 321
Connecting to ALM using SiteMinder single sign-on (SSO) 322
Define ALM or JIRA credentials and proxy 322
Modify ALM Octane credentials and proxy 322
Set ALM or JIRA credentials (CLI) 323
list 323
listEndpointTypes 324
listCredentialIds 324
listEndpointTypeParams 325
create 326
update 328
delete 329
help 329
Configure a proxy for domain connections 329
Set ALM Octane credentials 331
setAuth 331
help 332
Configure a proxy for ALM Octane connections 332
setAddress 332
removeProxyConfiguration 333
setAuth 333
removeAuth 333
help 334
ALM Octane Synchronizer proxy support 334
Start and stop the Integration Bridge 334
Uninstall/Remove the Integration Bridge 336
To uninstall a bridge permanently 336
To uninstall a bridge to upgrade or move it 337
Upgrade the Integration Bridge 338
Upgrade process 338
Manual upgrade on the same server 339
Manual upgrade and installation in a new location 339
Integration Bridge troubleshooting 340
Synchronize ALM Octane with ALM or JIRA 343
Synchronization overview 344
Synchronization links and endpoints 345
Supported ALM and JIRA versions 345
Synchronization steps 345
Prerequisites 346
Synchronization workflow 346
Prepare for ALM synchronization 348
Optional: In both endpoints, create corresponding ID fields 348
Create a subset of requirements or releases 348
In ALM, prepare requirement types to match ALM Octane's (requirement synchronization) 350
Check for releases that already exist in both endpoints (Releases synchronization) 351
In ALM, create or modify fields 353
ALM version control 354
Notes for epics, features, teams, and attachments 355
Notes about maximum record sizes 355
Prepare for JIRA synchronization 355
Create mandatory entities in ALM Octane and JIRA 356
Create optional entities if needed 356
Synchronize sprints 357
Mapping multiple JIRA projects 357
Notes and limitations 360
Step 1: Define a Synchronizer Admin user 361
Step 2: Define the synchronization scope 361
Create favorites 362
Synchronize past releases 363
Step 3: Create a synchronization link 363
Define connection settings 364
Define link properties 365
Map requirement types (requirement links) 366
Set the rules that define which endpoint controls the synchronized entities 366
Optional: Select favorites (requirement and defect links) 368
Optional (ALM only): Define an alternate root folder (requirement and release links) 368
Optional: Specify how to handle requirements whose hierarchy does not match the backlog
tree (requirement links) 369
Specify how to handle existing or past releases (release links) 369
Next Steps 370
Step 4: View and edit link configuration 370
Edit general link settings 371
View or edit basic link details 372
View link status 372
Check connectivity to ALM or JIRA 373
View or modify synchronization favorites (defect and requirement links) 373
For ALM synchronization only: View or modify the alternate root folder 373
View the setting for handling requirement hierarchy mismatch (requirement links) 374
Edit requirement type mapping (ALM synchronization only) 374
Edit synchronization rules 375
Edit field mapping 376
Field mapping overview 377
Notes about Type, Attributes, and Required in the Field Mapping tab 377
Map a pair of fields or define constant values 377
Additional field mapping tasks 379
Field mapping guidelines 381
Examples of automatically mapped fields: ALM or JIRA defects 384
Example of mapping field values: ALM Octane Phase and ALM or JIRA Status 386
Map user list fields 387
Automatic user mapping 388
Manual user mapping 388
Step 5: Configure synchronizer notifications 390
Link notifications 390
Bridge upgrade notifications 391
Step 6: Run synchronizations 391
Step 7: Review link summaries and error details 395
Link status reference 397
ALM Octane Synchronizer FAQs and troubleshooting 399
DevOps integrations 403
Set up CI servers 403
Prerequisites: Obtain API access and make sure your CI server is supported 404
Install the ALM Octane CI plugin on your CI server 404
Add CI servers on ALM Octane 405
Manage your CI servers 405
Install and configure the ALM Octane CI plugin on your CI server 406
Prerequisites 433
Download and install the ALM Octane plugin for IntelliJ IDEA 434
Connect to ALM Octane 435
Work on your ALM Octane items 436
Work in Eclipse Oxygen IDEs 440
Overview 440
Prerequisites 441
Download and install the plugin 441
Connect to ALM Octane 443
Work on your ALM Octane items 444
Work in the Microsoft Visual Studio IDE 448
Overview 448
Prerequisites 448
Download and install the plugin 449
Connect to ALM Octane 449
Work on your ALM Octane items 450
Reporting integrations 452
OData support for extended reporting (technical preview) 452
Overview 452
Supported OData versions 453
Prerequisites 453
The ALM Octane server base URI 453
Authenticating 453
Accessing ALM Octane data from a reporting or BI tool 454
Scenario: A template for ALM Octane OData and Power BI 454
Scenario: A traceability report with ALM Octane OData and Power BI 454
Configuration 464
Installation guides 465
Initial setup 465
Log in to Settings 465
Set preferences 465
Learn about spaces and workspaces 466
The configuration flow 466
Site configuration (on-premises) 467
Administer the site (on-premises) 468
About the site 468
Manage servers 468
Manage users at the site level 469
Manage spaces at the site level 471
Set configuration parameters 473
Get started
Before you begin...
To get started, we recommend that you learn about the ALM Octane
lifecycle to gain a high-level picture of what you can do in ALM Octane.
For details, see "ALM Octane lifecycle" on page 35.
When you're ready to begin, log in to ALM Octane and start working in
the modules that are relevant for your needs.
For details, see "ALM Octane modules" on page 52.
Before users can work with ALM Octane, the administrator needs to perform
initial setup tasks.
For details, see "Initial setup" on page 465.
What are workspaces?
To enable you and your users to get familiar with ALM Octane, you can
automatically generate demo data to use for experimentation.
For details, see "Populate your system with demo data" on page 63.
Product versions
The following table maps the product version with your on-premises installation:
Next steps:
l "ALM Octane modules" on page 52
l "Common flows" on page 65
l "ALM Octane lifecycle" on page 35
Usability
The following usability enhancements are now available:
Area Enhancement
Application Use the new Details tab to add user defined fields to an application module
Module Details and apply cross-filters in the Backlog and Team Backlog modules and in the
tab Dashboard.
Analyze You can now display Requirements data in custom summary widgets.
requirements
Select Requirements as the data source, or display test or test run coverage
of requirements.
Export test runs Export manual and Gherkin test run steps to an Excel spreadsheet. You can
export up to 20 test runs.
Toolbar We’ve moved the Choose Columns, Sort, Group By, and Full Screen buttons
changes to the right side of the toolbar.
High contrast You can now apply a high contrast theme to your UI from your personal
theme details area.
Cross filter You can now cross filter items according to a user’s team. For example:
users by team Create a filter that lists test runs that are assigned to all users in a team.
IDE integrations: Eclipse
You can now modify items when working in the ALM Octane plugin for Eclipse. Download the
newest ALM Octane plugin for Eclipse to use this feature.
Pipeline UI enhancements
l The Analysis tab has been replaced with the Builds and Tests tabs, helping you troubleshoot
problems quickly. The main pipeline landing page is now called the Overview tab.
l The Tests tab now includes a Filter pane, to quickly focus on the tests that are most relevant to
you.
l In the Builds and Tests tabs, you can navigate between runs using the Run selector in the
upper right corner. Note that the Overview tab always shows the latest run.
l The Run pipeline button has been replaced with a menu command. To run a pipeline manually,
open the Pipelines module and select a pipeline in the left pane. From the pipeline's menu
options, select Run.
l The Failure analysis widgets were removed. Instead, this information is displayed in the
Administration
The following administration and customization enhancements are provided:
Area Enhancement
Delete workspaces Space admins can now delete workspaces from the UI (Settings >
Spaces) and using the REST API.
Assign space admins Site admins can now view and assign space admins from the Site
module in the new Administrators column in the Spaces tab.
Easy navigation Easily navigate from Site > Spaces to the space settings by clicking the
Go to Space button.
Available for site admins who are also the space admin for the selected
space.
New mail format with The new email style supports customized headers and footers.
customized headers
and footers
Synchronization
When synchronizing with JIRA, you can now map multiple JIRA projects to a single ALM Octane
workspace. For details, see "Prepare for JIRA synchronization" on page 355.
LDAP (on-premises)
The following LDAP enhancements have been introduced:
Wildcards
When filtering the list of users to include, you can now use the asterisk (*) as a wildcard that
represents any number of characters.
REST API
For a list of REST API changes, see the list of what's changed in the Developer Help.
User management
The following user management enhancements have been introduced:
Custom roles
l Space admins can create new roles and customize their permissions.
l Permissions can be granted per module and per entity for create, update, and delete
operations, in addition to actions such as creating attachments and adding comments.
l Permissions can be granted for general system actions, such as sending emails and sharing
favorites
l Control which modules are visible to which custom role.
l Space admins can view the permissions granted to the default roles.
Coming soon: The ability to customize default roles will be provided in an upcoming
release.
User deletion
For SaaS, you can now request to delete users by opening a support ticket.
Administration
The following enhancements have been made in the administration area:
Rules
The Validate rule action has been renamed Alert User. Existing Validate rules are renamed
automatically during upgrade.
Usability
The following usability enhancements are now available:
Enhancement Description
Format text in Style text in manual tests using markdown. Display text in bold, italics,
test script underline, or colors.
Search Search for an item using its URL. For details, see .
Filter out Done Work items that are Done are no longer displayed in selection lists. For
items example, when selecting backlog coverage for a test, Done items are not
displayed.
To display a Done item in a selection list, search for it using its ID.
Follow multiple Follow multiple items with one click. For details, see .
items
Gherkin tests Add scenario outlines in Gherkin tests with a click of a button. For details, see
.
Task default When you add a task to an existing user story, the task will be assigned, by
owner default, to the owner of the user story.
Testing
When analyzing results of StormRunner Functional tests, you can now drill down directly from the
Tests tab to the detailed StormRunner Functional report.
These require version 5.4 or later of the HPE Application Automation Tools plugin, available here.
Integrations
You can now search for specific items when working in the ALM Octane plugin for Visual Studio.
REST API
For a list of REST API changes, see the list of what's changed in the Developer Help.
Usability
The following usability enhancements are now available:
Board View
Both requirements and epics can now be managed using a board view.
Full-screen editing
Rich-text fields can now be edited in full-screen mode.
Dashboard grids
In the Dashboard, summary graphs can now be displayed in a grid format.
l We made the actual results text box dynamic so it grows according to the text you enter.
UFT Integration
ALM Octane can now discover and run UFT tests stored in a Subversion (SVN) repository.
This requires version 5.3.5 or later of the Application Automation Tools plugin, currently available
as a beta version: https://mvnrepository.com/artifact/org.jenkins-ci.plugins/hp-application-
automation-tools-plugin.
Integrations
The ALM Octane plugin for Visual Studio now displays additional ALM Octane fields, not just the
name and description. You can select which fields you see, including comments.
REST API
For a list of REST API changes, see the list of what's changed in the Developer Help.
Analyze quality
You can analyze release progress and quality using the Overview tab, in both the Backlog and
Quality modules. You can also analyze product quality within and across releases using the ALM
Octane dashboard, which includes a wide range of useful charts and graphs. For details, see "Use
the ALM Octane Dashboard" on page 290.
Next steps:
l "ALM Octane modules" on page 52
l "Common flows" on page 65
Plan
The first step in any Agile development involves planning. Because Agile focuses on continuous
delivery, clear planning is essential.
In ALM Octane, do the following in the Agile plan stage:
Create Before beginning work, it is important to define the workflow. This lets you
workflow specify and enforce:
l How backlog items proceed through the development cycle. This ensures that
all parties work with the same process.
l How an item moves to completion ("Done is Done").
Specify rules for completion of a phase, when an item is complete, and so on.
For details on setting workflow phases, see "Set up workflow phases and
transitions" on page 557. For details on using rules, see "Set up rules" on
page 568.
To commit to completing work, you need to know how much work a team or
individual can finish.
When you create a team, the workspace admin specifies:
l The expected velocity for the team. This number can be dynamic over time.
l The capacity per team member
For details on planning velocity and capacity, see "Balance release and sprint
workloads" on page 122.
Create and Before and throughout the development process, the product owner maintains
update the the product backlog. The Backlog is fluid and adjusts to changing priorities.
Backlog
In ALM Octane, you maintain the backlog in the Backlog module:
l Create epics that specify the large-scale part of your applications
l Create features for each deliverable part of the product
Rank the While maintaining the Backlog, the product manager ranks Backlog items.
Backlog Correct rank ensures that development teams select the highest priority items
when planning.
ALM Octane helps you rank the Backlog:
l Rank is displayed in Backlog lists or grids.
l Change the rank by dragging and dropping items within the list or grid.
l For organizations using the WSJF methodology, use the WSJF fields to create
priorities based on WSJF criteria
For details on ranking, see "Rank the Backlog" on page 111. For details on WSJF
fields, see "Rank with WSJF attributes" on page 112.
Plan After you create the Backlog, plan each release and sprints.
releases
ALM Octane helps you assign Backlog items to releases, sprints, and teams:
and sprints
l Update the Release, Sprint, and Team fields in the Details tab of any item
l Drag the item from the list or grid into a release bucket:
For details on working with release and team assignments, see "Set up and
manage release plans" on page 118. For details on the release buckets, see
"Backlog planning buckets" on page 121.
Assign During the sprint planning meeting, assign work items to a user.
items to a
Assign items in ALM Octane:
person
l Update the Owner field in the Details tab of any item
l In the Team Backlog module, drag the item from the list or grid into a team
member bucket:
For details on managing a team's backlog, see "Manage the team backlog" on
page 128. For details on the team planning buckets, see "Team planning
buckets" on page 131.
Build
After you decide what to deliver, you must develop the assigned features and stories. In ALM
Octane you use this process:
Move As you work, it is important to update progress. This is especially true if you use
backlog daily scrum meetings where you discuss what was done and what to do next.
items
While working, update the phase of the backlog item:
through
the
workflow
Updating the item's phase ensures you have an accurate reflection of progress.
For details on workflow phases, see "Advance the phase of an item" on page 74.
Create When working on a backlog item, it is helpful to break down the item into
tasks manageable tasks. To do that, ALM Octane provides a task list and task board to
manage tasks:
l In the Tasks tab inside a backlog item
l From the Tasks tab of the Team Backlog module.
l Add tasks when you create a backlog item in the Add dialog
Track Track individual progress to make sure everyone is progressing according to plan:
task
l In the Epics or Features tab of the Backlog module, view the Progress column of
progress
the grid
l In the Team Backlog module, view the Team Progress graph or individual team
member bucket.
l In the Team Backlog module, set limits on the number of items in progress for a
phase (WIP limit) and on the number of days an item can be in a phase (cycle
time limit). Each phase in the Board View displays continuously updated
information on the number of items in progress and if any items are past their
cycle time limit.
l Create custom graphs in the Dashboard module.
l Later in the release, add the Release Forecast widget to the Dashboard to see
how ALM Octane predicts you will finish the planned Backlog items.
For details on tracking release progress, see "Analyze release progress" on
page 143. For details on the Dashboard, see "Use the ALM Octane Dashboard" on
page 290. For details on the Board View, see "Use the Board View" on page 135.
Track Check overall release progress for each team and its team members.
release
Add widgets to the Dashboard, such as the Stories Cumulative Flow graph, Burn
progress
Up and Burn Down widgets, Velocity Tracking, and so on
Test
To deliver high-quality features, you must test delivered content in parallel with development. In
ALM Octane there are multiple steps to build a test process:
Add tests to For each backlog item (including epics and features), add tests.
Backlog items
For details on adding tests, see "Create manual tests" on page 231 or "Create
Gherkin tests" on page 237.
l Add the tests as build steps in your CI server and run the tests as part of a
Add and An important of testing is ensuring new features do not break existing
analyze build functionality.
processes on
To do this, add tests to your CI server builds. Then create a pipeline in ALM
CI/CD servers
Octane that represents the steps of the build. When the pipeline and build
run, view the details and results of the build jobs and tests.
The Pipelines module displays all details on the build processes:
l The build flow
l Success or failure of the build
Open defects If you find issues or errors in your application, open defects to resolve these
issues. This lets you use the errors and issues to improve the development
quality. Furthermore, add the defects to the Backlog to include the defect in
release planning.
Open defects from:
l The Backlog module
l The Defects module
l The test details, as part of the test run
For details on adding defects, see "Report and track product defects" on
page 154 or "Report defects during a run" on page 254.
View As you develop, check the application's quality. This information is displayed
application according to test results and defects.
quality
Use the ALM Octane widgets to view this information in:
l The Overview tab of the Backlog module
l The Overview tab of the Quality module
l The Dashboard
Analyze Analyze the quality of the current release. Filter the widgets in the Overview
release quality tab of the Backlog and Quality modules by release.
For details on configuring dashboard widgets, see "Use the ALM Octane
Dashboard" on page 290.
Release
After you decide you have completed all assigned backlog items, you are ready to release the
application to customers.
Use the feedback from these releases to inform future planning.
Hold a retrospective to present what was done and review the release or sprint. In the Team
Backlog module, use the Retrospective area to summarize the sprint or release and address
unfinished items.
For details on the retrospective area, see "Perform sprint closure and retrospective" on page 140.
1. Requirements: List the requirements of what the product needs to do. This may or may not
include a list of features.
2. Design: Define how the requirements work inside the product.
3. Implementation: Develop the product.
4. Testing/Verification: The quality assurance team tests and verifies the planned features.
Open defects for those problems encountered in testing.
5. Release/maintenance: Release the finished and approved product.
We recognize that not all traditional software development models follow such a linear
progression, However, these framework do keep a rigid separation between development phases.
ALM Octane helps you manage the development processes through each of these stages:
Requirements
In traditional software development, you define the requirements before beginning any work.
This lets you know exactly what your product needs to do for customers.
Also, you define the timeline and resources to see what it is possible to finish..
ALM Octane lets you do this planning before beginning work on the release.
For details on defining releases and release timelines, see "Set up a release" on page 535.
For details on creating and assigning teams, see "Manage teams" on page 540.
Design
Once you have planned requirements, releases, and teams, begin developing the application. This
involves creating the backlog of work items and assigning these work items.
Create First, create the product backlog to organize the development process.
the
In ALM Octane, you maintain the backlog in the Backlog module. Use the Backlog
Backlog
module to:
l Create epics that specify the large-scale areas
l Create features for each deliverable part of the product
Plan After you create the Backlog, plan each release and sprints.
releases
ALM Octane helps you assign Backlog items to releases, sprints, and teams:
and
sprints l Update the Release, Sprint, and Team fields in the Details tab of any item
l Drag the item from the list or grid into a release bucket:
For details on working with the release and team assignments, see "Set up and
manage release plans" on page 118. For details on the release buckets, see "Backlog
planning buckets" on page 121.
Assign During the sprint planning meeting, assign work items to a user:
items to
l Update the Owner field in the Details tab of any item
a person
l In the Team Backlog module, drag the item from the list or grid into a team
member bucket:
For details on managing a team's backlog, see "Manage the team backlog" on
page 128. For details on the team planning buckets, see "Team planning buckets"
on page 131.
Implementation
After you decide what to deliver, you must develop the assigned features and stories. In ALM
Octane you use this process:
Move backlog While working, update the phase of the backlog item:
items through
the workflow
Create tasks When working on a backlog item, it is helpful to break down the item into
manageable tasks. To do that, ALM Octane provides a task list and task
board to manage tasks:
l In the Tasks tab inside a backlog item
l From the Tasks tab of the Team Backlog module.
l Add tasks when you create a backlog item in the Add dialog
Track task Track individual progress to make sure everyone is progressing according
progress to plan:
l In the Epics or Features tab of the Backlog module, view the Progress
column of the grid
l In the Team Backlog module, view the Team Progress graph or
Track release Check overall release progress for each team and its team members.
progress
Add widgets to the Dashboard, such as the Stories Cumulative Flow graph,
Burn Up and Burn Down widgets, and so on.
Later in the release, add the Release Forecast widget to the Dashboard to
see how ALM Octane predicts you will finish the planned Backlog items.
Add tests For each backlog item (including epics and features), add tests.
to Backlog
For details on adding tests, see "Create manual tests" on page 231 or "Create
items
Gherkin tests" on page 237.
l Add the tests as build steps in your CI server and run the tests as part of a
Open If you find issues or errors in your application, open defects to resolve these
defects issues. This lets you use the errors and issues to improve the development quality.
Furthermore, add the defects to the Backlog to include the defect in release
planning.
Open defects from:
l The Backlog module
l The Defects module
For details on adding defects, see "Report and track product defects" on page 154
or "Report defects during a run" on page 254.
View As you develop, check the application's quality. This information is displayed
application according to test results and defects.
quality
Use the ALM Octane widgets to view this information in:
l The Overview tab of the Backlog module
l The Overview tab of the Quality module
l The Dashboard
Analyze Analyze the quality of the current release. Filter the widgets in the Overview tab
release of the Backlog and Quality modules by release.
quality
For details on configuring dashboard widgets, see "Use the ALM Octane
Dashboard" on page 290.
Release maintenance
After you decide you have completed all assigned backlog items, you are ready to release the
application to customers.
After a release, it is common to continue maintenance of released versions. To assist, ALM Octane
lets you:
See also:
l "Backlog management" on page 100
l "Quality management" on page 146
l "CI Pipelines" on page 159
l "Testing" on page 222
Requirements Create requirement documents describing what you want to deliver at a high
level. You can link requirements to tests, providing you with coverage on each
requirement.
For details, see "Requirement management" on page 94.
Backlog The backlog is a list of the items you are handling during product
development. For each release you define the backlog, which includes epics,
features, user stories, quality stories, and defects and their tests.
For details, see "Backlog management" on page 100.
Team Manage the team backlog by assigning items to teams, designating specific
Backlog team members to perform the work, and tracking progress of the team.
For details, see "Manage the team backlog" on page 128.
Quality Analyze and track the quality of the product with end-to-end testing, cross-
feature functionality testing, and regression tests.
For details, see "Quality management" on page 146.
Pipelines Track the status of builds and test runs included in pipeline runs, and analyze
build failures.
For details, see "CI Pipelines" on page 159.
Dashboard Use the ALM Octane charts and graphs to analyze quality in context.
For details, see "Use the ALM Octane Dashboard" on page 290.
Defects Report and fix defects when running manual tests or analyzing automated test
failures.
For details, see "Report and track product defects" on page 154.
Editions overview
ALM Octane editions provide you with the following capabilities:
Edition Description
Enterprise Allows you to scale ALM Octane to large groups with the benefits of cross-
workspace capabilities. These include:
l Shared customization (such as rules, user-defined fields, workflow, forms, and
lists)
l Shared entities (such as users, releases)
widget.
For an overview of workspaces, isolated spaces, and shared spaces, see "Manage
spaces" on page 514.
Pro Provides you the same set of features as Enterprise Edition within isolated
workspaces. Shared space capabilities are not provided.
Team Lightweight ALM Octane version to enable DevOps teams to plan, track, build and
release applications using Agile and DevOps practices.
For details see "Team Edition" on page 56.
Dashboard
My Work
Team Backlog
IDE plugins
ChatOps
Requirements
Synchronizer
Trial license
When you first start using ALM Octane, you automatically receive a Trial license which gives you a
90-day trial for 100 users.
A trial can be Team Edition or Enterprise Edition. By default, your trial is Enterprise Edition, which
allows one shared space. If you want to start a trial with Team Edition, specify the Team trial type
during the installation process. For details, refer to the ALM Octane Installation Guide .
When starting a trial, keep the following in mind:
l If you create a shared space in an Enterprise Edition trial and then install a license for Pro
Edition, the sharing capabilities are no longer supported.
l If you start an Enterprise Edition trial, you may not install a license for Team Edition later. This
flow is not supported.
License management
SaaS: You can view license usage details in MyAccount.
On-premises: For details on how to manage on-premises licenses and how to allocate licenses
from ALM and Quality Center to ALM Octane, see "Manage licenses (on-premises)" on page 474.
See also:
l "Manage licenses (on-premises)" on page 474
l "Manage spaces" on page 514
l "Manage workspaces" on page 519
Team Edition
Team Edition is a lightweight ALM Octane version which enables DevOps teams to plan, track,
build, and release applications using Agile and DevOps practices.
In this topic:
l "Team Edition overview" below
l "Working with Team Edition: End-to-end flow" on the next page
My Work Quickly view the work assigned or related to you. For details, see "Access your
assigned work" on page 72.
Dashboard Use ALM Octane charts and graphs to analyze quality in context. For details,
see "Use the ALM Octane Dashboard" on page 290.
Team Manage the team backlog by assigning items to teams, designating specific
Backlog team members to perform the work, and tracking progress of the team. For
details, see "Manage the team backlog" on page 128.
Note: Team Edition does not include a separate Tests module.
Pipelines Track the status of builds and test runs included in pipeline runs, and analyze
with basic the results. For details, see "CI Pipelines" on page 159.
analysis
Note: Team Edition provides limited Pipelines module capabilities.
l Team Edition has no restriction on the number of workspaces you can create. The number of
For a comparison of the different ALM Octane editions, see "ALM Octane editions" on page 53.
See also:
l "ALM Octane editions" on page 53
l "Manage licenses (on-premises)" on page 474
System requirements
This topic provides the details about the necessary system requirements.
This topic includes:
l "Hardware" on the next page
l "Software" on page 59
l "Database and Elasticsearch" on page 60
l "Integrations" on page 60
l "Installation, setup, and synchronization" on page 61
Hardware
Component Type Value
Screen resolutions Recommended 1920 x 1080
Screen resolutions between the
recommended and minimum values are Minimum 1024 x 768
also supported. supported
Software
Component Type Version
Internet Explorer 11
Integrations
Component Type Version
CI Servers Jenkins 1.642.4 and later
OPB Provided as part of the ALM Octane release. Compatible only with
the same ALM Octane version.
Synchronizer Provided as part of the ALM Octane release. Compatible only with
the same ALM Octane version.
ALM/Quality Center ALM/Quality Center 12.55, 12.53, 12.50, 12.21, 12.01 patch 1
synchronization and later
ALM/Quality Center ALM/Quality Center 12.55, 12.53 (all patch levels), 12.21 patch 6
license sharing
Note that 12.53 versions require a hotfix.
Known issues
l The following items are not translated: Demo data, Boolean value operators in certain fields,
and Response messages when performing an invalid entity operation with the REST API.
l If you are using an IME (Input Method Editor) keyboard, when you type @ or # in a memo field,
the IME assumes this is part of a text string and not an indication of a user or link. To add a user
or link, either switch to a non-IME keyboard to type the @ or # symbols, or insert a user or link
using the toolbar:
Tip: You can also use the GDPR Content Pack to import real-life demo data into ALM
Octane. The GDPR Content Pack contains the whole European Union General Data
Protection Regulation in 24 different languages. You can download it from the ADM
Marketplace at https://marketplace.microfocus.com/appdelivery/content/gdpr-content-
pack
Note: To prevent accidentally spoiling live workspaces, ALM Octane will not populate
demo data if the workspace already contains information.
Basics
This section provides introductory concepts and instructions for working in ALM Octane.
Topic Description
"Glossary of ALM Octane entities" on List of ALM Octane entities and their matching
the next page symbols.
"Access your assigned work" on Track and update your work with a personalized list of
page 72 work items.
"Advance the phase of an item" on As you develop items, update their phase with a click.
page 74
"Attach files to items" on page 75 Add attachments to entities to document the item on
which you are working.
"Attributes, tags, and environments" Use attributes, tags, and environments to apply
on page 76 identifiers to items.
"Comment on items" on page 80 Add comments to ALM Octane items for additional
discussion.
"Date formats" on page 81 ALM Octane’s date format depends on the language
or locale set in your browser.
"Duplicate an item" on page 82 Duplicate an existing item to save time when creating a
new one.
" Edit forms" on page 83 Select which fields are included in forms.
Topic Description
"Receive notifications and emails" on Follow items to receives updates on their progress.
page 83
"Personalize your display" on page 85 Filter, sort, and group items in each module, and save
your settings as favorite views.
"Preview an item" on page 87 Use the Preview pane to view basic details about an
item.
"Relate items to other items" on Relate items to each other to see how one item
page 88 impacts others.
"Search for information" on page 92 Search your ALM Octane workspace or grid.
"View an item's history" on page 93 View the history of ALM Octane items.
"When to use the Backlog and Quality Recommended best practice use of the Backlog and
modules" on page 94 Quality modules.
Epic E Epics are large components or aims for your product or project.
Epics are divided into features.
Define epics under the root of the backlog tree.
Feature F Features are mid-size functional goals. They are groups of actions
or functions that you plan for your product or project.
A feature is divided into user stories, defects, quality stories and
tests.
Define features under an epic or under the root of the backlog tree.
User Story US User stories describe actions that users of your product should be
able to perform.
Define user stories under features or directly under the root of the
backlog tree.
Quality Story QS A quality story provides a place to describe actions that should be
done internally by your developers or quality engineers. For
example, quality stories can be used to describe tests that should be
authored or updated.
Define quality stories under features or directly under the root of
the backlog tree.
Defect D Defects are bugs or flaws. Any action or function that does not work
should have a defect set up to fix it.
Defects can be defined under features or directly under the root of
the backlog tree.
Task T Tasks are action items within user stories, defects, and quality
stories. Tasks describe the actions required to implement the defects
and stories.
Test entities
Manual Test MT Manual tests make sure an application works as expected by testing most
of its features.
Manual test types include acceptance, end-to-end, regression, sanity,
security, performance, and others.
This entity represents the test steps to perform in the application under
test.
Gherkin GT Gherkin tests are a type of manual test. They use the Gherkin syntax and
Test scenario structure. Gherkin test subtypes also include acceptance, end-to-
end, regression, sanity, security, and performance.
This entity represents the scenarios to perform on the application under
test.
Test Suite TS A container with set of tests grouped in one unit. Can contain manual
tests and Gherkin tests that run sequentially, as well as executable
automation tests that are triggered to run on a CI server.
Test suites contain no independent steps of their own.
Automated AT Automated tests are edited and managed in external tools, such as UFT,
Test LoadRunner, and LeanFT, Performance Center. You can run the tests on
automation and CI servers or on ALM and send the results to ALM
Octane.
This entity represents the script (not editable) that is stored and
maintained in the external tool.
Executable automated tests can run as part of a test suite in ALM Octane.
For details, see "Add UFT tests from an SCM repository" on page 269.
Pipeline PL ALM Octane pipelines consist of pipeline steps, which represent the jobs
that run on your CI server.
Pipelines enable you to interact with your CI server. For example,
ALM Octane collects the results of automated tests that run on the CI
server.
Vulnerability V Vulnerabilities are security issues found in your code by a security testing
scan. After reviewing a vulnerability, you can create a relevant defect to fix
in your code, or dismiss and close the issue.
Configuration entities
Release R A release is a group of application changes made available to your users at the
same time.
Releases can be divided into sprints or milestones.
Assigned User stories, defects, quality stories, or tasks in the New, In Progress, or In Testing
items metaphases.
To see items from other metaphases, have the workspace admin create a rule to
display the items included in these phases. For details, see "Set up rules" on
page 568.
Tests Tests in the New, In Design, Awaiting Revision metaphases or the Requires
update phase of a test awaiting automation.
Test runs Test runs with the Planned, In Progress, or Blocked status.
Mention Any comment that mentions your ALM Octane user name. View the mentions in
in the Comments tab.
comments
To receive an email each time you are mentioned in a comment, set the
appropriate option in the ALM Octane settings menu. For details, see "Receive
notifications and emails" on page 83.
Following Any item on which you set a Follow option. View the updated and followed
options in the Notifications tab.
For details on following items, see "Receive notifications and emails" on page 83.
Other Right-click an item in the Backlog module and select Add to My Work. ALM
user Octane displays this item in your My Work list and lets you edit it.
items
When an item is added to the My Work module, ALM Octane displays a notification . After
clicking on any item in the list, ALM Octane decreases the number by one.
2. Use the following to manage your work:
Action How to
Display item details Select an item. Then:
l Change an item's phase
description
l Add comments
Display your team members In the Select a member drop-down list, select the team
items (team leaders only) member to view. ALM Octane displays the My Work
items for that team member.
Action How to
Dismiss an item After selecting an item, in the right pane click Dismiss.
ALM Octane removes the item from the list.
If you dismiss items from your list, they may be
reassigned again in your list depending on workspace
rules.
l To change the phase of an entity, open the details of the item whose phase you want to
change. Select the next phase by clicking the phase link in blue, or select a different phase using
the dropdown.
l To change the phase of a requirement or feature without accessing its details, select the entity
in the tree. In the upper right corner, select a different phase using the dropdown.
The phase is changed when you navigate to another entity, or when you click the Save button in
the details tab.
Note: Each entity has its own workflow. For example, a defect's phases include New >
Opened > Fixed > Proposed Closed > Closed > Obsolete.
For details on how the workspace administrator configures phases, see "Set up workflow
phases and transitions" on page 557.
To attach a file:
1. Locate the item for which you want to add an attachment.
2. In the attachments tab, click Attach.
3. Select the files you want to attach.
ALM Octane supports the following file types:
jpg bmp png
word doc docx
msg pdf xml
xls xlsx ppt
pptx zip txt
wmv mp4 m4p
After you add attachments to an item, you can view them by clicking the Attach button.
In the Grid or Smart List View, ALM Octane displays a paper clip icon indicating the attachment:
Attributes
Attributes are characteristics of a particular item. The attributes are the ALM Octane system fields
available for each item type.
Example:
Run status Native statuses for test runs, such as Skipped, Passed,
Failed...
Tags
Tags are user-defined identifiers.
You do not specify a value for a tag. Instead, use tags like a label or a flag on an item.
Example:
l Create a tag called FutureCandidate. Any user story or defect you are likely to postpone
receives a FutureCandidate tag.
l Create a tag called HighRisk. Any user story that can impact many features receives a
HighRisk tag.
Environments
Environments are identifiers applied to test runs or to pipeline steps that run tests. These
identifiers are grouped into categories and describe the environment on which the test ran.
ALM Octane provides a list of environments that you can use out-of-the-box.
Example:
Environment Examples
Browser IE, Firefox, Chrome
Environment Examples
Next steps:
l Filter items
l In a pipeline run's Builds or Tests tab, click Chat w/ Slack . ALM Octane opens a Slack channel
with all the users whose commits were included in the pipeline run.
If the administrator approved publishing ALM Octane data on Slack channels, ALM Octane sends
information from the backlog item to the channel.
Comment on items
Add comments to any ALM Octane item for additional discussion.
To comment on items:
1. In the item, in the upper right-hand corner of the ALM Octane window, click .
2. Enter and format the comment.
Tip: Add an Emoji to a comment. Type a colon (:) to display a list of available Emojis.
l From the Insert Image drop-down , click the Add Participant to Conversation icon
and start typing.
ALM Octane displays the list of users:
Select a user from the list. ALM Octane inserts a connection to the ALM Octane user name.
ALM Octane includes the comment in the Comments tab of the My Work module. The user
receives an alert in the ALM Octane title bar. For details, see "Access your assigned work" on
page 72.
4. Click Add.
You cannot delete comments from other users. Click X in the upper right corner of the selected
comment to delete your own comments.
Date formats
ALM Octane’s date format depends on the language or locale set in your browser.
If the date format is not what you expect, check your browser's language or locale settings.
Duplicate an item
You can duplicate the following entities to save time when creating a new item: user story, quality
story, requirement, defect, manual test, and Gherkin test. For example, duplicating is useful if you
have a defect that needs to be fixed in multiple releases or versions.
In this topic:
l Click Duplicate in an entity's Details tab. You will automatically navigate to the details of
the new entity.
The new entity is named Copy of <original entity name>. Its phase is New, and its creator is the
user who duplicated the original entity.
The following table describes which elements are copied to the new entity and which are not:
What is l Common fields - this varies depending on the entity type. Note that user-
copied? defined-fields (UDFs) are always copied.
l Attachments
l Tasks
What is l Comments
not l History
copied?
l Test runs and old versions
Tip: You can also duplicate a defect by copying it to a different workspace. For details, see
"Report and track product defects" on page 154.
Duplicating requirements
When you duplicate a requirement, the new requirement becomes a sibling of the original, and
does not contain its descendant requirements.
Only requirement document entities can be duplicated, you cannot duplicate a requirement folder.
Next steps:
l "Basics" on page 68
l "Report and track product defects" on page 154
l "Requirement management" on page 94
Edit forms
You can select which fields are included in forms.
For example, suppose you want the Owner field visible when you create new user stories, even
though it is not shown by default. You can customize the user story form so this field is always
included. Similarly, you can choose to hide fields that are not relevant to your work.
To edit a form:
1. Create or edit an entity such as a defect, user story, or test.
2. In the form, click the Customize fields button located in the top right corner.
3. Use the checkboxes to add or remove fields from the form. If you change the default fields,
the Customize fields button shows an orange indicator .
l Your customizations are applied each time you open the same form again.
l The customizations are specific to you, and do not affect other users.
For details on how administrators define the default form settings, see "Design forms" on
page 543.
Follow an item
Follow items to receive notifications whenever the item is updated. You can follow a specific item
or multiple items.
These are the items that you can follow:
l Features
l Backlog items
l tasks
l Tests
l Requirements
Configure notifications
You can configure which changes you get notified on.
To configure notifications:
1. "Follow an item" on the previous page.
2. Click the Follow button for that item, and select the notification options.
See also:
l "Comment on items" on page 80
Filter
Filter the items you want displayed in the module.
Filter bar
Click to open the filter pane.
Select a field, and define a filter condition based on values of that field. Add
more fields to the filter condition, using the AND or OR operator.
Cross-filters: Some fields allow you to define cross-filters. For example: in
addition to filtering items by Phase, you can filter items whose phase was
changed before a specified date.
Tags In the Tags pane on the right, select tags to filter by. Tags include custom tags
defined for your project. The tags pane also lists field values from a number of
system fields, such as Team, Phase, Severity.
Tip: Right-click a tag or field value to exclude it from the filter.
In grid views, click and select which columns you want to display in the grid.
Drag the columns to any position you like.
Sort
Note: Sorting is not possible on memo fields, long string fields, or multi-select fields.
Group
Click and select a field to group by. Select up to three fields to group and sub-group by.
If you sorted your view, items within each group are sorted accordingly.
Grouping is possible on:
l System fields of type String, List , Release, Team, and User.
l User-defined fields of type List , Release, Team, and User.
Favorites
Save a module's display settings as a favorite view. The favorite saves these settings: filter,
selected columns, sort order, and grouping.
Each module has its own set of favorites. You can share favorite settings with all users, or with
selected teams.
Note: Users with the pre-defined Viewer role cannot share favorites.
In the Favorites menu, select Update Favorite to re-save the favorite with the current settings.
Preview an item
When working in ALM Octane modules, use the Preview pane to view basic details about an item:
To preview an item:
1. Select an item in the grid.
2. In the right pane, select the Preview tab.
Preview is also available when selecting items inside another item, such as adding tests to a test
suite or defects to a test.
Relate items
1. In any ALM Octane item, click the Relations tab.
ALM Octane displays a graphical representation of all items linked to the current item.
If several items of the same type are related to the current item, ALM Octane groups these
items:
2. In the toolbar, click Add Relation and select the type of item to which you want to link.
3. Select the items from the displayed list, and click Select.
Examples
Tests l In the Backlog module, relate a test to a user story or a feature for tracking
coverage.
l Report defects while running a test. If you create the defects while using the
Manual Runner, defects are related to the test.
l View the relationship between a test and test suites to which it is linked.
Runs l Relate defects to a run, even if you didn't report them during the run.
l When you run a test, its corresponding test run is related to the test.
Types of relations
Inside ALM Octane, each type of item has specific relations to other item:
Manual Tests l Covered user story: A user story that this test (suite) covers.
Gherkin Tests l Covered feature: A feature that this test (suite) covers.
Test Suites
l Covering automated test: An automated test connected with this test that
has the same general steps as the test.
l Covered requirement: The requirement associated with this test.
Manual run Linked defect: A defect discovered during this manual run.
Automated
run
Automated l Covered user story: A user story that this automated test covers.
test l Covered feature: a feature that this automated test covers.
l Covering automated test: An automated test connected with this test that
has the same general steps as the test.
l Covered requirement: The requirement associated with this test.
Export items
1. In the relevant ALM Octane module, create filters to display the relevant items. For details on
filtering, see Filter items.
Note: You cannot import test runs back into ALM Octane.
1. Open the Tests tab from the Quality, Backlog, or Team Backlog modules.
2. Select the tests that you want to export, and then click the Export test steps to Excel
button.
l Enter a string. You can click the menu button to limit your search to a specific module.
l Enter the URL of a specific item.
Tip: Use this option to open a specific item for which you received a notification by
email. Copy/paste the URL into the Search bar instead of clicking it from within the
email to avoid opening multiple ALM Octane tabs.
Date Date of each set of changes. The newest changes are at the top.
Note: SaaS: If the creation time in the History tab differs from the Creation time field in the
Details tab, this is because the Creation time field represents the actual creation time of
the entity inside ALM Octane. For example, if the item was created in ALM, and then
synchronized with ALM Octane a week later, the Creation time displays the original date,
one week earlier. History displays the date it was created in ALM Octane.
Use Backlog to manage a specific release and Use Quality to analyze the quality of the
analyze its quality. product overall.
Use Backlog for testing new features in the Use Quality for testing end-to-end, cross-
content of a release. Once a release has been feature functionality of the product,
made available, tests can be associated with regression tests, and so on.
application modules and incorporated into the
overall testing for the product.
Dev-QA testers generally work with the QA testers generally work with the Quality
Backlog module to manage the quality of the module to manage the quality of the product.
release.
Requirement management
The Requirements module provides you with a central repository for documenting and tracking all
aspects of your project, from conception to delivery. This can include business goals, customer
requests, functional requirements, or any other requirements whose approval and progress you
want to track.
In this topic:
Within the requirements tree you can drag and drop requirements as needed. ALM Octane
highlights locations for dropping the requirement in green or red, depending on whether you are
able to drop a requirement in that location. Top level requirements cannot be moved out of the
containing parent folder. Child requirements can be moved under a different parent requirement.
Author mode
Author mode enables you to define requirements in a document view. You define the full details
for the parent requirement, and add child requirements and their details in the same document. In
author mode you can use rich text capabilities, such as adding diagrams, tables, images, and links.
In Author mode each requirement is displayed in a single document that extends from the
highest-level requirement until the lowest-level child. Numbering inside the document indicates
the requirement hierarchy (1, 1.1, 2, and so on). The title of the document is the title of the
highest-level requirement.
Manage mode
Manage mode lets you create and work with requirements within a grid, similar to the Backlog
module. Each requirement is an item in the grid, and you can perform operations on one or more
requirements using the Preview pane on the right.
You create a container folder for a set of requirements, and then add additional child
requirements to the folder. In this grid view you can filter items and perform bulk operations.
In the Children tab you can also work with a Board View, similar to the Backlog module. The Board
View can help you manage the phases of your requirements.
For an overview, see "Use the Board View" on page 135.
needed.
3. Enter the requirement details in the Add Requirement dialog box. Within the description you
can use the text editor to format text and to add tables, images, and links.
When you finish defining your high-level requirement, you will see it as a document in the
right pane. Note that Author mode displays all the contents of a requirement as one
document, but each child and sibling requirement is managed within a separate box. As you
move your mouse between requirements, a dotted line is displayed showing which further
actions you can take.
4. To create a child requirement in the right pane, click Add Child below an existing
requirement. To add a sibling, click Add Sibling below an existing requirement.
For example, if you are in requirement 1 and you add a child, the new requirement will be
labeled 1.1. If you add a sibling, it will be labeled 2.
5. Click Save to save your changes. Alternatively, when you leave a requirement your changes
are saved automatically.
l Children tab. View a requirement's children, add a child requirement, and perform
When viewing a requirement's details (in either mode) you can assign tags and releases in the
Details tab. In the Relations tab you can associate a requirement with a feature, defect, or test.
In Author mode, select and click Export to Word or Export to PDF in the toolbar. ALM
Octane creates a Word file or PDF using the hierarchy of the selected requirement.
Limitations:
l East Asian languages are not supported when exporting from a Linux server.
l The styling in ALM Octane does not automatically generate identical styling in Word or PDF. If
you want to generate output with particular fonts and sizes, select the relevant region in ALM
Octane and apply a specific font and size to the text before exporting.
l When you export tables, Word and PDF use their default table style rather than the style in
ALM Octane.
l Very wide tables and images in ALM Octane are not always exported correctly. If tables and
images exceed A4 width, they are cut off when exported.
Analyze requirements
Create custom graphs to display requirement status and test run coverage according to
requirements.
You can create graphs only for a current status.
See also:
l Traditional software development flow
l "Backlog management" below
Backlog management
The Backlog and Team Backlog module help you manage product development, rank
development items, and plan development cycles.
In this topic:
the grid update based on the item selected in the tree and any filters:
Build the product Add epics, features, user stories, quality stories, defects, and tests.
backlog When you complete or update the list, rank items.
For details, see "Build the product backlog" on page 110.
Plan a release Assign features, user stories, quality stories, and defects to specific
releases. Then, assign them to a sprint and a team.
For details, see "Set up and manage release plans" on page 118.
Manage the team Select specific team members to perform the work. While the team
backlog works, track progress of the team.
For details, see "Manage the team backlog" on page 128.
Work on your stories Locate items assigned to you, add tasks, and update your progress.
For details, see "Work on your stories" on page 132
Create and run tests While working on your items, add tests to check that your development
works as expected.
For details, see "Create and run tests" on page 142.
Assign items to Assign items to application modules to help assess application quality.
application modules
For details, see "Assign items to application modules" on page 146.
See also:
l "When to use the Backlog and Quality modules" on page 94
l "Glossary of backlog entities" below
l "Build the product backlog" on page 110
Backlog root
The backlog root is the highest-level point of the backlog. It is not associated with a specific epic
or feature, but serves as the container for all backlog items.
In the Backlog tree in the Backlog module, the root is the highest level in the hierarchy.
Epics
Epics are the product's high-level functional areas. These areas are top-level objectives of your
product development.
Example:
An online store workspace may list the following epics:
l Music Store
l Billing Module
l Security Compliance
Features
Features are a useable part of an application.
ALM Octane supports two types of features:
l Business features for customer facing changes.
l Architecture features for changes required in your system
Define features under an epic or under the root of the backlog tree.
Example:
The Music Store epic could include the following Business features:
l Album selection (in the Album database)
l Play a selected song (in the Song Playback section of the application)
l Purchase a song (in the Shopping section)
To support the Music Purchase feature, you might also develop a Secure Browsing
feature.
Backlog Items
Backlog Items is a collective term that includes User Stories, Quality Stories, and Defects.
Note: You view user stories and quality stories in the Backlog Items tab of the Backlog
module.
However, user stories, defects, and quality stories are described collectively as Stories.
When you configure ALM Octane dashboard graphs to show data from Stories, the graph
includes details for user stories, quality stories, and defects.
Example:
The Album Database feature could include the following user stories:
l As a user, I can recommend a song to my friends
l As a user, I can rate an album I downloaded
l As a site admin, I can delete an album from the album database
Defects
Defects are the faults or bugs detected in the product.
View defects in the Backlog Items tab of the Backlog module. If you prefer to view defects
separately, use the Defects module.
Example:
The Album Database feature could include the following defects:
l When selecting a song to recommend, songs names are cut off
l The album rating stars are too close to each other
l When I delete an album from the album database, the artist is also deleted
Note: However, user stories, defects, and quality stories are described collectively as
Stories. When you configure ALM Octane dashboard graphs to show data from Stories,
the graph includes details for user stories, quality stories, and defects.
Tasks
It is possible to divide a user story, quality story, into tasks. Use tasks to describe the steps
necessary to complete the user story or defect.
View tasks in the Tasks tab of a user story or the Tasks tab of the Team Backlog module.
Example:
For the user story As a user, I can recommend a song to my friends, you could add
the following tasks:
l Design UI for recommendation
l Create code to query database with recommendation information
l Add component to installation
Tests
Add tests to all types of backlog items check their quality.
ALM Octane lets you add manual or automated tests to any backlog item. ALM Octane
aggregates test results to provide quality analysis of the associated backlog items.
View testsin the Tests tab of the Backlog module or the Tests tab of a selected item.
Example:
For the user story As a user, I can recommend a song to my friends, you could add
the following tests:
l Display success message when a user clicks on the Recommend link
l Recommendation is displayed in friends' lists
l Recommendation is displayed in my list of recommended items
See also:
l "Backlog management" on page 100
l "Build the product backlog" on page 110
l "Analyze release progress" on page 143
l Inside the features, define stories that contain the different things that need to be done to
complete a feature.
l Add defects per epic, feature, or story.
l Add tests per epic, feature or story to test these product areas.
After you create the backlog, rank the items to prioritize the backlog items. Prioritizing your
backlog can assist you in planning the order in which to implement them
Note: If you want to work on a single release or sprint, filter your view by release and
sprint. For details, see Filter items.
Use planning buckets in the Backlog module to set up your plan, and make sure you do not
exceed the available capacity.
1. Before a release begins, assign features and user stories to your release.
2. Assign features and user stories to specific teams, and assign user stories to sprints.
When you are ready to plan your work for a specific sprint, reevaluate the estimated effort you
assigned to each backlog item, and assign them to people in your teams.
1. Break your stories into tasks. Estimate the effort needed for each task, and assign them to
specific team members.
2. On a per-team and per-sprint basis, assign user stories to specific team members.
Note: The Team Backlog provides team member buckets to help you assign stories
and tasks and make sure not to exceed the teams' capacity.
3. Use the Task Board to update and follow your task phases.
To open the Task Board, select the Board view in the Tasks tab. The Tasks tab is available
inside stories, and in the Team Backlog module.
For details on these steps, see "Set up and manage release plans" on page 118, "Manage the team
backlog" on page 128, and "Work on your stories" on page 132.
Track progress
As items are designed and developed, advance the phase of the item.
As you work and advance through the development process, track the progress:
l Add the Phase column to your backlog grids.
l View the Progress column in epic and feature grids.
l Follow progress in the planning bucket widgets in the Backlog module and the Team Backlog
module
Note: These widgets are context-sensitive and they display only data relevant to the
selected node.
l View widgets in the Dashboard module. Select from the predefined widgets offered by ALM
Octane, or create your own. Configure the widgets to filter the data according to your needs.
l Track your team's progress in the Team Backlog module.
test runs.
l Analyze the release quality with the latest test results.
4. Use the Autofill feature to populate all your new backlog items with predefined values. For
details see...
5. Optionally, create tasks for a user story in the Tasks to generate field.
Tip:
l You can create the backlog items in any order, and organize them hierarchically later.
l To change a backlog item's parent, either drag the item to a different node in the tree,
or edit the item's Feature or Epic field.
l To view user stories that are not associated with a feature, or features that are not
associated with an epic, select the root Backlog node, and open the User Stories or
Features grids.
l To associate a backlog item with a closed parent, find the feature or epic by its ID in the
dropdown list.
Example: In a data set for a user story, you can include a list of tasks in the Tasks to
generate field. Those tasks will be automatically created in every story that you create
using this data set.
Note: ALM Octane does not support ranking for grouped items.
After you set ranks, ALM Octane preserves the ranking even after you sort the grid by another
field. When you sort again by rank, ALM Octane restores the ranking.
WSJF fields
Business The item's value to customers or the business. For example, how the epic or feature
Value affects revenue.
Job size The estimated length of time need to finish the epic or feature. You measure this
using your own unit (hours, story points, and so forth).
WSJF The ratio of the cost of delay and the job size. The higher the WSJF score, the
Score higher the priority of the epic or feature.
WSJF Score = Cost of Delay / Job Size OR
WSJF Score = (Business Value + Time Criticality + RR | OE)/Job Size
For the WSJF fields (Business Value, Time Criticality, and RR | OE), select a value from the list. For
the Job Size measurement, enter any integer value.
Next steps:
l "Set up and manage release plans" on page 118
l "Create and run tests" on page 142
l "CI Pipelines" on page 159
l "Assign items to application modules" on page 146
Import file example. A template file is available to help you construct your import file. In
the ALM Octane menu, click Import Backlog Items. In the Import dialog box, click View
import file example to download the example Excel file.
Note:
l The values described in the tables below are the default system values. Your ALM
Octane workspace may use different values depending on the workspace
configuration.
l Localization: You must use the English field names, even if your UI is in a different
language.
3. On separate rows, enter field values for each user story, quality story, and defect to import.
Each entity in ALM Octane has required fields, as determined by the entity form settings. If
you do not enter values for all the required fields of an entity, ALM Octane imports the entity
in Draft status. After the import, open these items and fill in values for all required fields.
Localization: If your user language is set to another language, use localized values in the
Excel sheet.
By default, you can import up to 1000 backlog items in a single import. If you have more,
prepare other Excel files to import all the items.
If you want to import more than 1000 backlog items, have your site admin set the IMPORT_
WORK_ITEMS_FUSE configuration parameter to the necessary number. For details, see
"IMPORT_WORK_ITEMS_FUSE " on page 490.
Mandatory fields
name Free text field, maximum of 255 characters.
author The login name in the ALM Octane space settings for the person who created
the story.
If there is no value entered, the user story sets the value as the person
performing the import.
owner The ALM Octane login name for the item's owner
phase A list value. Possible values include: New, In Progress, In Testing, and Done.
If you do not enter a value, ALM Octane sets the phase to New.
team The name of the team. You must assign the team to the specified release and
sprint.
user_tags Free text specifying the name of tag to attach to the item.
If the value matches an existing tag, ALM Octane adds the tags to the
imported story.
Tip: Create a special tag for imported items to filter these items.
<User defined The label name (as set in the ALM Octane workspace settings for a user story)
fields> of any user-defined fields in the user story form.
<Other You can add any REST API-editable fields to the Excel sheet.
system-
See your space admin or workspace admin for the possible values for these
defined
fields.
editable
fields>
Defect fields
In the defects tab, enter some or all of the following fields. Field names are not case-sensitive.
Mandatory fields
name Free text field, maximum of 255 characters.
Optional fields (recommended)
epic An existing or new epic or feature name.
feature
If the value matches an existing epic and feature name, ALM Octane
associates the imported story with the epic and feature. If the value does not
match, ALM Octane creates a new epic and feature.
The epic and feature must both be in the import file to import the values. If
one of the columns is not present, ALM Octane does not import either value.
severity A list value. Possible values include: Low, Medium, High, Very High, and
Critical .
detected_by The ALM Octane user name of the user who opened the defect.
owner The ALM Octane login name for the defect owner
phase A list value. Possible values include: New, Deferred, Opened, Proposed Close,
Closed, Rejected, and Duplicated.
If you do not enter a value, ALM Octane sets the phase to New.
taxonomies The environment tags for the defect. Enter the tag names for the
environments defined in your workspace, separated by a comma.
team The name of the team. You must assign the team to the specified release and
sprint.
user_tags Free text specifying the name of tag to attach to the item.
If the value matches an existing tag, ALM Octane adds the tags to the
imported story.
Tip: Create a special tag for imported items to filter these items.
<User defined The Name value defined for the user-defined field (as set in the ALM Octane
fields> workspace settings) of any user-defined fields in the form.
<Other You can add any REST API-editable fields to the Excel sheet.
system-
See your space admin or workspace admin for the possible values for these
defined
fields.
editable
fields>
If there are ALM Octane displays a report of the validation with the sheet and line
errors of the error.
At the bottom of the error report, click the Export to Excel link to save
the error report.
Fix the errors and try the import again.
Next steps:
l "Set up and manage release plans" below
l "Manage the team backlog" on page 128
l "Work on your stories" on page 132
2. Expand the release bucket, using the down arrow at the bottom, to view the sprint and team
buckets:
l Into team buckets to assign them to the selected sprint and team.
Drag stories to the No team bucket to assign them to a sprint without specifying a team. Drag
items to a team in the All sprints bucket to assign them to a team but not a sprint.
Caution: Assigning a feature does not assign its user stories, quality stories, or
defects.
The features, user stories, quality stories, and defects are now ready for work.
To split features:
1. In the Backlog module, select the feature to split.
l The value of any field other than the Name, Release, or Phase.
l Tests associated with the feature
l Attachments included in the original feature
Note: ALM Octane does not copy values of user-defined fields to the new split feature. If
your feature form requires a user-defined field, you cannot use the Split Feature
command. Instead, create a new feature.
Note: When you reassign a feature to a new release, ALM Octane assigns all
unfinished stories to the new release. ALM Octane does the reassignment in the
background. Continue working on other entities while ALM Octane reassigns the
feature and stories.
After the reassignment, ALM Octane updates the release buckets for the previous and new
releases.
Next steps:
l "Balance release and sprint workloads" on page 122
l "Manage the team backlog" on page 128
l "Work on your stories" on page 132
l "Analyze release progress" on page 143
l "Backlog planning buckets" on the next page
2. Click the number of displayed releases to select the releases to plan. ALM Octane opens a
separate bucket for each release you select.
3. To view the sprint and team buckets, click the expand arrow beneath the release bucket.
Release Click to filter the grid and backlog tree by this release. This is helpful when you
name want to assign the release items to specific teams and sprints.
Release Each bar represents a sprint. ALM Octane highlights today’s date and the
timeline current sprint.
Release Displays aggregated data from the backlog items assigned to this release.
progress
Hover over the widget to see an explanation of each area.
widget
See also:
l "Build the product backlog" on page 110
l "Set up and manage release plans" on page 118
Velocity Velocity is the expected amount of work to complete during a specified period. You
measure velocity in total story points.
Velocity is an over-time calculation. This means that you calculate the velocity for
your team by looking at completion over time. If a team increases the amount of
work finished, then the velocity increases. Likewise, if the amount of work finished
decreases, the velocity goes down.
In ALM Octane velocity is the default for a team's workload. You assign each team a
velocity as a starting point for all planning.
Capacity Capacity is the actual amount of available time for work during a specified period.
You measure capacity for a team in story points. You measure capacity for an
individual team member in hours.
Capacity is a calculation based on a specific, finite period. Capacity is a dynamic
measure according to manpower and availability changes.
In ALM Octane, you adjust capacity for each release and sprint. This lets you plan
the releases and sprints for the available resources and time.
In the Team In the Team Member Buckets area, click the Capacity Settings button:
Backlog module
If you do not see the team member buckets, ensure you select a
release, sprint, and team in the module filters.
2. Update any the following:
l In the Details tab, update the Estimated velocity value.
l In the Velocity tab, update the Available in Sprints value and the Expected Velocity
column.
l In the Members tab, update the Capacity per day (hr) field value for any team member.
In the Dashboard Add the Velocity Tracking widget. This widget shows the
expected and actual velocity. Display the graph for one or more
releases, sprints, or teams:
The yellow line indicates the actual velocity average (in story
points) across sprints. ALM Octane calculates this average from
previously completed sprints.
l Each person is available for 5 days each week, for a total of 10 days per sprint.
Each person achieves 10 story points per sprint. During the release each team member can
complete 30 story points. As a result, the team can achieve 120 story points.
In addition, you set the daily capacity (measured in hours), for each team member:
This ensures you do not exceed each member's available work time and jeopardize their progress.
As you work, monitor the actual progress by comparing the expected velocity vs. the actual
velocity, using the Velocity Tracking widget in the Dashboard.
Next steps:
l "Manage the team backlog" below
l "Work on your stories" on page 132
l "Backlog planning buckets" on page 121
l "Team planning buckets" on page 131
For details on what the team member buckets display, see "Team planning buckets" on page 131.
Caution: Assigning stories to a team member does not assign its tasks.
Release Backlog In the Planning tab, the Release planning buckets display progress of
planning module each team. The graph reports the total number of story points in each
buckets phase:
Team Team In the upper left corner of the Team Backlog module, view a graph that
sprint Backlog displays the development status for the selected sprint. This graph
progress module displays the number of story points. It also shows the number of critical
graph defects assigned to the team:
Team Team Each team member bucket displays the progress of the items, tasks, and
member Backlog defect assigned to a team member:
buckets module
Team Team The commits widget shows you the work your team has committed
commits Backlog during the current time frame. ALM Octane breaks down the commits
widget module by story type:
Hover over the widget title for a reminder of the commit message
format used to associate commits with each type of story.
See more information about changes committed by your team in the
Commits column. For details, see "Use the Commits tab to track
committed changes" on page 202.
Next steps:
l "Balance release and sprint workloads" on page 122
l "Work on your stories" on the next page
l "Create and run tests" on page 142
l "Analyze release progress" on page 143
l "Team planning buckets" below
Tip: Click the team member name in a bucket to show that user's items in the grid.
In the team member buckets, ALM Octane displays the team member's progress and capacity in
hours.
ALM Octane assumes each team member works 6 hours per day. Update this in the Members tab
of the Team settings. The total capacity for a sprint is the daily capacity times the number of
working days in a sprint.
If the bucket does not display the expected results, check:
l The Team member has capacity defined
l You assigned the item to the correct owner
To create tasks:
1. In the Tasks tab of a user story, quality story or defect or the Team Backlog module, add
tasks.
Tip: In the Tasks to generate field, add one more lines to add tasks when creating an
item. ALM Octane adds each line in the field as a separate task.
l In the Backlog: in the Tasks tab when you open an individual user story, quality story, or
defect
l In the Team Backlog: in the Tasks tab
ALM Octane groups tasks per user story, quality story or defect. The board displays each task
phase in its own column. Drag the tasks from column to column to update the phase.
To add tasks, click the + Task button in a Task board column. Provide a name for the task. Then,
click on the task number link to define other necessary attributes.
Note: You can view up to 100 lanes of tasks in a given period. If ALM Octane does not
display the necessary lanes, add a filter. If you have a filter set, the Board View displays
only stories that contain tasks.
Tip: If you are working in the Team Backlog module, use the Board View for a visual,
customized display of work items. For details, see "Use the Board View" on page 135.
Block an item
Sometimes, when working on a story, you cannot proceed in your work. In these cases, update the
item to show you cannot work on this item.
To block an item:
1. Open the item and navigate to the Details tab.
2. In the Details tab, set the following fields:
l Blocked: Select Yes from the drop-down list
l Block reason: The reason why you cannot keep working.
3. Save your changes.
In both the Grid view and Board View, ALM Octane displays an icon:
Tip: If the icon is not displayed, ensure that you have added the Blocked column to the list
of visible items in the grid.
Team Team backlog module Each team member bucket shows the progress for
buckets assigned items (stories and tasks):
Note: Values of user-defined fields in a user story form are not copied to the new split user
story. If a user-defined field is a required field in your user story forms, the new user story
is created in Draft mode and you will need to add the required information in order to edit
it.
Next steps:
l "Create and run tests" on page 142
l "Analyze release progress" on page 143
l "Assign items to application modules" on page 146
By default, the different item types are merged into a single column per phase:
l New merges the New columns for user stories, defects, and quality stories.
l In progress merges the Opened column for defects and the In Progress columns for user stories
and quality stories.
l In Testing merges the Fixed column for defects and the In Testing for user stories and quality
stories.
l Done merges the Closed column for defects and the Done column for user stories and quality
stories.
You can divide into additional phases to reflect your team's workflow.
The board supports both Kanban and Scrum methodologies.
The Story Board can be accessed from The Team Backlog in the main menu, or by clicking the
Board View button in the Backlog Items tab.
Note: You need the Customize Story Board permission to perform the following
customizations.
To split a column
1. Right-click the column header of the metaphase in which you want split a phase, and then
click Edit.
2. In the Select Phases dialog box, for a specific item type, clear the phase field that you want to
display as a separate lane, and then click OK.
For example:
To hide a column
Right-click the column that you want to hide, and then click Hide.
To restore the column, in the toolbar, click the Choose Columns button, and select the
column.
A work-in- A per-team limit for the number of items allowed (WIP) in each metaphase and
progress phase. Each team can have different limits for each metaphase and phase.
(WIP) limit
Cycle time A per phase limit on the cycle time for an item in each phase. The cycle time is the
limit time spent working on an item. This is the time take from when work begins on
an item to when you complete it.
ALM Octane measures the cycle time as the number of days in which the item is
in the In Progress or In Testing phases.
3. In the displayed tooltip, click the infinity symbol in the relevant field and enter a new limit.
4. If the team violates one of the limits, ALM Octane displays an alert:
For ALM Octane displays an alert icon in the phase column header:
WIP limits
Note: This widget is per release and sprint, not per team.
Add items
Use the Board View to add items as in any other ALM Octane view.
Also, add existing items from the release backlog or sprint backlog:
l In the main Backlog module window, drag an item to a release bucket or sprint bucket (if
necessary).
l In the Details tab of an item, assign the item to a release and/or sprint.
l Hover on a column in the Board View and click the Add + button. Select the item to add (defect,
user story, or quality story), and name.
To continue editing details for an item, click the entity link.
If you want to rank these items, drag and drop items within any column to set the rank. As you
move the items, ALM Octane adds or updates the number to reflect the item rank.
See also:
l "Set up and manage release plans" on page 118
l "Manage the team backlog" on page 128
Note: To access the Retrospective area, you need Leader role permissions.
In this topic:
When you open the Retrospective area, ALM Octane displays a summary of the current sprint
items:
This summary is a complete list of all items in the team and sprint. To address the incomplete
items, isolate these items.
l In the toolbar, click the Planning button and move the item to another sprint.
l Open the item and reassign the item in the Details tab.
l If necessary, split the item into a new user story. For details, see "Split unfinished user
stories" on page 134.
Note: Once your team is associated with the appropriate releases, you cannot change
the planning deadline for past and in-progress sprints.
Unplanned You added the item to the sprint after the planning deadline.
Descoped You moved this item to another sprint or team after the planning deadline.
Split You split the item into an extra item after the planning deadline.
To perform a retrospective:
1. In the Retrospective area, open the Retrospective tab.
2. In the What went well and To improve edit fields, list the takeaways from the sprint.
3. Click the Save button.
See also:
l "Set up and manage release plans" on page 118
l "Work on your stories" on page 132
l "Manage the team backlog" on page 128
Next steps:
l "Run manual and Gherkin tests" on page 251
l "Run automated tests from ALM Octane" on page 275
Progress column
View the Progress column for any feature or backlog item. Hover over the progress bar to see
more detail about a specific item:
Note that ALM Octane measures progress for Epics and Features by story points, and progress
for Backlog Items in hours.
View the Progress column in both the Grid View and Smart List View.
Planning buckets
In the Backlog module, view the release progress bucket:
In the Team Backlog module, view the planning buckets for each of your team members:
l Velocity Tracking
In the Backlog, use the release filter to update each of the widgets for a current release and sprint.
Next steps:
l "Use the ALM Octane Dashboard" on page 290
l "Assign items to application modules" below
l "Analyze application area quality" on page 157
l "Analyze application area quality" on page 157
Next steps:
l "Create and manage test assignment rules" on page 416
l "Quality management" below
l "Analyze application area quality" on page 157
Quality management
In ALM Octane, you have the ability to monitor development progress and also to track product
quality.
In this topic:
Application modules are the functional areas of the product. You create these areas based on user
processes, areas of the product, and so forth.
Using application modules is important because experience shows that most defects and test
failures in products are limited to a small number of areas in an application. When you set up
application modules and associate items with these modules, you see problematic areas and
concentrate testing efforts and development effort toward these areas.
Application modules are release-agnostic. This means the details you view reflect all releases of
the product.
For details, see "Work with application modules" on the next page.
Next steps:
l "Work with application modules" below
l "Analyze application area quality" on page 157
Example:
l How you structure the application - windows, panes, and so forth. These areas can help you
decide which and how many application modules to create.
l How users use the application. Is it a per-module use? Are there special areas and functionality
in the application that they need? These decisions influence whether you need application
modules.
l How you want to account for your organization's internal development processes. Do you need
1. From the ALM Octane title bar, open the Quality module .
2. In the toolbar above the tree, click the Add button +.
3. In the Add Application Module dialog box, specify a Name, Description, and Parent.
If you selected an item in the tree, ALM Octane uses the selected node as the Parent
application module.
Tip: Did you create an application module at the wrong place in the tree? Click the
Edit button and update the Parent field. You can also drag items to new parent items
as needed.
If you reorganize the tree, ALM Octane rearranges the order by rank.
5. In the toolbar, click the down arrow on the Define subset button .
6. From the drop-down list, select the application modules to display.
You can select only the first level application modules.
7. In the toolbar, click the Show all descendants button to display the application modules
created as children of the currently selected item.
Tip: To find unassigned items, in the application module tree click the Unassigned link.
To assign tests:
1. In the Tests tab (in the Quality module or the Backlog modules), select one or more tests.
5. Add a new rule, or locate an existing one that you can adjust or copy.
Example: You have some tests that should be assigned to the Shopping Cart
application module, but they are not.
Before you create a new test assignment rule for this, check if you already have a rule
for tests of class My*Cart.
This rule might currently assign tests to other application areas and you can quickly
modify the rule and add the Shopping Cart application module to it.
l To create a new rule, enter a meaningful name in the Rule name, such as End2End Tests.
l To search for an existing rule, start typing a filter property value or a rule name. From the
list that opens, select the rule.
To create a new rule based on the one you selected, change the Rule name.
To update the selected rule, leave the Rule name unchanged.
6. (Optional) Edit the list of application modules to assign with this rule.
You can also add a Test owner to assign, or one or more test fields: Test framework, Test
type, Test level , and Testing tool .
7. If you selected many tests without opening an existing rule, ALM Octane creates an initial
filter. ALM Octane bases this filter on the properties of the selected tests.
Click Add filter to add conditions to the filter, or edit the existing conditions. Use these fields
to create the conditions: Class name, Component, Name, and Package.
Filters can be multipart and complex and can include '*' as a wildcard. If necessary, click the
Add filter button again to add more items to the filter.
You must meet all conditions for the rule to assign the selected values to an automated test.
8. Select if the rule assigns application modules and a test owner if those fields already have
values, or only if they are empty.
9. As you edit the rule, view how many currently existing tests you will change with the new rule.
10. Click Create Rule. The rule affects all current and future tests that match the filter. This
includes tests currently in the system, as well as new automated tests added in the future.
1. In the Tests tab select one or more tests, and click Assign to Application Modules
2. Select one or more application modules and click Assignment Rule. The Create or Edit
Assignment Rule dialog box opens.
3. Click the Manage Rules link in the lower left corner.
4. To edit a rule, click the rule ID link and modify its definitions as described above.
To sort, filter, group, delete, and export rules, use the toolbar options similar to other entities
in grids.
Tip: DevOps administrators can manage tests assignment rules in the ALM Octane
settings area. For details, see "Create and manage test assignment rules" on page 416.
Next steps:
l "Create and run tests" below
l "Run pipelines" on page 175
l "Report and track product defects" below
Next steps:
l "Testing" on page 222
l "Run manual and Gherkin tests" on page 251
l "Run automated tests from ALM Octane" on page 275
Report defects
You can submit defects at all stages of your work.
Inside a story or test In the Details tab of a user story, quality story, or test, click the Report
(after the test ran)
Defect button .
ALM Octane associates the defect with the current item's feature.
In the Tests tab of a In the Pipelines module, open the pipeline run and select the Tests
pipeline's latest run tab.
1. Select one or more automated test runs.
l User-defined fields (UDFs) that are defined at the shared space level and are
common to both workspaces
l Attachments
l Tasks
What is l Comments
not l History
copied?
l Test runs and old versions
See also:
l "Backlog management" on page 100
l "Use the ALM Octane Dashboard" on page 290
l Filter items
Note: To use this widget, you must assign user stories and defects to application
modules. ALM Octane connects commits to application modules by reading the user
story or defect name in a commit's message.
Note: To use this widget, automated tests must be assigned to application modules. For
details on assigning items to application modules, see "Work with application modules"
on page 148.
Add the column to the grid of Test Runs to see which application module is affected by each
test run. You can filter for failed test runs if you want to see which application modules are
associated with failing tests. See also "Analyze tests" on page 191.
Next steps:
l "Use the ALM Octane Dashboard" on page 290
l "Assign items to application modules" on page 146
CI Pipelines
Pipelines in ALM Octane represent the jobs or steps that run on your CI server. ALM Octane
incorporates data from your pipelines into your application delivery process, helping you analyze
quality, progress, change impact, code coverage and more.
In this topic:
l "What are pipelines?" below
l "How ALM Octane builds a pipeline's topology" on page 161
l "Displaying pipelines in ALM Octane" on page 161
Note: Creating, configuring, and deleting pipelines require workspace admin or DevOps
admin permissions in the relevant workspace.
Track security issues Pipelines Requires working with a Jenkins server that
discovered in your > Pipelines tab integrates with Fortify on Demand.
code
Inside a
pipeline run:
Vulnerabilities
tab
Tip: A step that no longer runs as part of the pipeline flow is not removed from the
pipeline.
If, over time, the pipeline structure displayed in the Topology tab is no longer helpful, click
. This instructs ALM Octane to redraw the topology based on the current pipeline steps
defined on your CI server.
Next steps:
l "Set up CI servers" on page 403
l "Create and configure pipelines" on page 163
l "Run pipelines" on page 175
l "Analyze build quality using pipeline data" on page 286
l "Track changes committed to your Source Control Management system" on page 199
l "Track security vulnerabilities" on page 212
l "Track code coverage in pipeline runs" on page 214
l "Overview" below
l "Collect data from your CI server" below
l "Connect the CI data to ALM Octane entities" below
l "Reflect the integrated data in ALM Octane's dashboards and grids" on the next page
Overview
ALM Octane integrates with your CI/CD processes, enabling you to:
l Collect data from your CI server.
l Connect the CI data to the application modules and backlog items defined in ALM Octane.
l Reflect the product quality based on the automated test run results in ALM Octane's
dashboards and grids.
You can then use these results to analyze the quality of your product or release in ALM Octane in
dashboards and grids.
Note: We also recommend associating user stories and defects with features and
application modules. The association of SCM commits with features and application
modules is made via the user story or defect mentioned in a commit's message.
Study your pipeline results, including code In ALM Octane's Pipelines module.
changes and failures they may be related to.
If available, you can also see code coverage
reports and newly discovered security
vulnerabilities.
Next steps:
l "Set up CI servers" on page 403
l "Create and configure pipelines" below
l "Run pipelines" on page 175
l "Assign tests to application modules and backlog items" on page 270
l "Set up your SCM system" on page 413
l "Analysis and reporting" on page 282
To learn more about pipelines in ALM Octane before creating them, see "CI Pipelines" on
page 159.
In this topic:
l "Add a pipeline in ALM Octane" below
l "Customize your pipeline display" on page 166
l "Explore a pipeline's graphical representation" on page 166
l "Label and configure pipeline steps" on page 169
l "Filter pipeline steps " on page 174
l "Delete a pipeline" on page 174
l "Special pipeline types" on page 174
Note: If you are working with Jenkins: You can similarly create and configure pipelines
using the Application Automation Tools plugin on the Jenkins CI server. For details, see
the section on creating and configuring pipelines on the Application Automation Tools
wiki page.
the jobs defined on the CI server you selected. If the communication with the server fails, the
list will not be available.
6. Enter a name for the pipeline and, optionally, assign the pipeline to a release.
The release assigned to the pipeline is automatically assigned all test runs collected from this
pipeline. This lets you view the results in the context of a release and asses the release quality.
Tip: If you assign the pipeline to the Default Release, the pipeline will always be
associated with whichever release is currently set as the default release.
7. Specify the pipeline's type. Select one or more types from the list: Build, Test, Integration,
Deploy, Security.
l Most types are optional. This definition helps you remember the lifecycle stages that this
pipeline handles.
l You must select Security if you want this pipeline's runs to show security vulnerabilities
l You set up integration with Fortify on Demand. For more details, see "Set up security
After the pipeline runs, you can see a comprehensive overview of the run results. For details, see
"Run pipelines" on page 175.
Select to display less information about Click to show more or less information
each pipeline in the list
about pipelines in the list itself.
Your selection is retained for future sessions as well.
Note: The pipeline is initially built based on the structure ALM Octane discovers on the
CI server. When the pipeline runs on the CI server, ALM Octane adds any additional steps
it discovers during the run. You will see these steps the next time you open the pipeline.
Here are visual clues for understanding and working with the display as you explore the pipeline in
the Topology tab.
your build.
For details, see "Configure steps: Define test
and test run information" on page 171.
When the pipeline runs, the labels are added to the resulting builds. When analyzing pipeline
run results in the Builds tab, the labels help you understand the context of the builds.
In a pipeline's Topology tab, click the Configuration button on the bottom right of the step.
Then select one of the following options:
Configure the pipeline step so its build failures are not included in the pipeline's Overview and
Builds tabs. This helps focus on the failures that matter.
To hide build failures resulting from specific steps:
Builds resulting from this step are hidden in all pipeline runs.
To unhide a step's build failures:
Caution: Deleting test results will affect your pipeline's build run history. In addition, failure
analysis will not be available for steps whose test results are ignored.
In the pipeline's Topology tab, the pipeline step reflects the selected option. For example:
Example: This Jenkins step, QA-Functional-Chrome, is labeled as a Test and has the
following tags configured:
l Test fields: Framework = TestNG, Test type = End to End, Test level = Integration
Testing, Testing tool: Selenium.
l Testing Environment: WinServer2012 (OS), MSSQL (DB), QA (AUT Env), Chrome
(Browser).
l Custom Build Report. If your build creates reports, ALM Octane can add a link to your report in
the relevant automated test runs. This report can be stored on your CI server or elsewhere, and
may help analyze test run failures.
Configure a URL or URL template for custom report links in your pipeline step. ALM Octane
adds the links to the test runs that are created as part of this pipeline step and to the build that
is the result of this step.
To configure a pipeline step:
1. Open the pipeline by clicking its ID and select the Topology tab.
Test type One of: Acceptance, End to End, Regression, Sanity, Security, Performance.
Testing Select from the list. Example: Manual Runner, Selenium, UFT, LeanFT, StormRunner Load,
tool StormRunner Functional, LoadRunner.
Test level Select from the list. Example: Integration Test, System Test, Unit Test.
You can add values to the Framework and Testing tool lists. To do this, add tags to the
pipeline step using the API, or the Jenkins plugin UI.
ALM Octane automatically sets the following fields for test runs discovered on Jenkins
pipelines:
Field Set for test results from
Testing UFT
tool LoadRunner
StormRunner Load
Performance Center
StormRunner Functional (requires version 5.3.3 or later of the Application Automation
Tools plugin)
Framework UFT
If you manually added tags to the pipeline step that runs these test, your tags override the
automatic ones.
4. In the Testing Environment tab, add information about the environment on which the step
runs. For example, the operating system, browser, and database.
Environments are grouped by category. ALM Octane provides a list of environments out-of-
the-box. You can also define your own environments details, according to your project
developing model.
Do one of the following:
Use an existing environment Click the Environment box and select existing
environments.
Add a custom environment a. Click the Environment box, type the name for the
new environment and select it in the list.
b. Select a Category for your new environment and
click OK.
Example:
Create conditions for setting In the table, add a row for each environment that you
environments during the build want to assign dynamically.
run, based on build parameter In each row, specify:
values
Parameter name + value ==> Environment
Select the build parameter name from the list of build
parameters available for this step.
Note:
If you use the Matrix plugin on Jenkins, the
pipeline displays child steps, generated during
the build run. Each one represents a set of
build parameter values.
5. In the Custom Build Report tab, enter a URL or a URL template that ALM Octane can use to
create a link to reports generated for your builds.
If you include {JobName} and {BuildNum} placeholders in the template, ALM Octane replaces
them in the URL with the relevant job name and build number when creating the link.
For example:
http://myServer:myPort/jenkins/job/{JobName}/
{BuildNum}/reports/logs/jenkins-test-reports.html
ALM Octane adds the links to the test runs that are created as part of this pipeline step and
to the build that is the result of this step.
Delete a pipeline
In the Pipelines > Pipelines page, click X in the toolbar on the left. The selected pipeline is deleted
(after confirmation).
If you delete a pipeline:
l All of the pipeline's labels and configuration information are lost.
l The pipeline runs and the automated test runs from this pipeline are deleted. The automated
test entities remain.
Pipeline as Code
Pipeline stages are shown in the ALM Octane pipeline topology. Tests and commits are linked to
the root jobs, as they are in Jenkins. Note that you cannot add tags to stages because tests are
linked to the root job.
Next steps:
l "Run pipelines" below
l "Work with application modules" on page 148
l "Analysis and reporting" on page 282
Run pipelines
After creating and configuring pipelines in ALM Octane, run the pipelines on your CI server. You
can then view and analyze the pipeline run results, and begin tracking your build quality.
In this topic:
l "What happens when a pipeline runs?" below
l "Trigger a pipeline run from ALM Octane (Optional)" on the next page
Octane creates automated test and test run entities associated with the test run results it
collects. If a relevant automated test already exists, the results are associated with that test. For
more details, see "Creating automated test entities" on page 268.
View the automated tests alongside the manual tests in ALM Octane. View the test run results
when tracking the quality of your products and releases.
l ALM Octane collects any available SCM commit information.
l If you set up security testing integration, a pipeline run triggers a security assessment of your
application's code, and ALM Octane displays the newly found vulnerabilities in the pipeline run.
This enables you to quickly identify and correct security vulnerabilities introduced into the
code.
For details, see "Set up security testing integration" on page 427
l If you set up code coverage tracking, your JaCoCo and LCOV reports are sent from Jenkins to
ALM Octane. For details, see "Track code coverage in pipeline runs" on page 214.
l After the pipeline run ends, ALM Octane displays detailed information about the pipeline
status, the status of the pipeline's builds and test runs, commits that may be related to failed
test runs, code coverage information, and more.
This information helps you analyze the quality and status of your build, product, and release.
Next steps:
l "View and analyze the pipeline overview" below
l "Analyze builds" on page 186
l "Analyze tests" on page 191
l "Analysis and reporting" on page 282
information about failed tests and tools to help you analyze pipeline run results.
In this topic:
l "View pipeline run results " below
l "Analyze pipeline run results" on page 180
l "Additional information on pipeline overview widgets" on page 181
l "Track code changes" on page 182
l "View and share a live summary of your pipelines" on page 182
l "Failure Analysis Insight cards" on page 183
Tip: You can filter the list to see only the pipeline that interest you. See "Customize your
pipeline display" on page 166.
Use the options below to track and analyze the quality of your build.
Check the pipeline status (in the list of pipelines on the left)
For each pipeline that ran after it was added to ALM Octane, you can see details about the last
pipeline run. The expanded view shows the run number, date, status, and duration.
You can also see the status of automated tests that ran as part of the build. The pipeline run
results are aggregated (combined) at the highest level, the pipeline root.
A progress bar above the pipeline box indicates that a new run of the pipeline is
currently in progress. The color of the progress bar indicates the status of the previous run.
l The estimated percentage of completion in the progress bar is based on the duration of
previous runs, if available. Otherwise, a striped bar is displayed.
l Hover over the progress bar to see which pipeline step is currently running.
l Pipeline run results are updated automatically when the run is finished.
Example:
A pipeline fails on the CI server. This pipeline runs 255 automated tests. Of these tests,
252 passed, 2 failed, and 1 was skipped.
A new run of this pipeline is in progress, currently running the QA-Provision-Env step.
Tip: Click the number of test runs to open the tests in the Quality module. The total
number of tests may be different than the number of test runs, as the same test may run
more than once in a pipeline.
To filter the list of pipelines, click the filter icon and select a release.
If you modify a pipeline's release, future pipeline runs are associated with this release. Existing
runs are not modified.
l Click Builds to open the latest run's Builds tab and further investigate build failures. For details,
see "Analyze builds" on page 186.
l Click Tests to open the latest run's Tests tab and further investigate problems and analyze the
run results. For details, see "Analyze tests" on page 191.
l A recent pipeline history timeline shows the status (by color) and duration (by size) of each
run.
Hover over a specific column in the timeline to see detailed information about that run.
Tip: To remove a widget, click the widget menu button in the right corner of the widget,
and select Remove.
l The panel on the right shows details about the selected pipeline's latest run: Time, duration,
release, how many commits were included in this run, which application modules were affected,
and so on.
If the pipeline is set up to collect Fortify on Demand security testing results, then when the scan
is complete, you can see how many new vulnerabilities were found in the scan triggered by the
latest pipeline run. Click the number to open the Vulnerabilities tab for that pipeline run. For
details, see "Track security vulnerabilities" on page 212.
l To open a previous run, click the pipeline's ID to open the pipeline. In the Runs tab, click
of changed files included in commits on this run, pipeline run history and more.
l Add tags to label the run. The tags are displayed in the pipeline's list of runs, and can be used to
group pipeline runs in dashboard widgets.
l Click the build number to open the specific run on the CI server.
l "Track code changes" on page 182 using the Commits and Backlog Items tabs.
l "Analyze pipeline run results" below using the Builds and Tests tabs.
You can see how many of your tests ran successfully, how many were skipped or unstable, and
how many failed. You can find the reasons that tests are failing.
For details, see "Analyze builds" on page 186 and "Analyze tests" on page 191.
Lists the application modules currently associated with automated tests that failed in this
pipeline run. The widget shows how many of the tests assigned to the application module
failed.
Note: To use this widget, automated tests must be assigned to application modules. For
details on assigning items to application modules, see "Work with application modules"
on page 148.
To use this widget, failed builds must be classified in the Builds tab. Classification can be done
automatically by ALM Octane, or manually, based on your own failure analysis. For details, see
"Analyze builds" on page 186.
DevOps admins can configure hiding builds failures resulting from specific pipeline steps.
For details, see "Configure steps: Ignore or hide results of specific steps" on page 169.
To check whether a step's builds are hidden, look at the step in the pipeline's Topology
tab:
This view is suitable, for example, for displaying on a group plasma screen. This enables the whole
group to view the overall build status and quality.
Note: This information is obtained from the CI server and may include information from
runs that occurred before the pipeline was added to ALM Octane.
Note: To provide data for Failure Analysis Insights, you need to manually classify failed
builds. For details, see "Build failure classification" on page 187.
Compilation Issues
Compilation issues include any failure with at least one build which failed due to compilation
issues. Related users includes anyone who may have caused the issue (generally committers in the
pipeline run), as well as anyone assigned in the compilation build's Who's on it field.
For each build that was classified as a compilation issue, the card shows if it failed in an earlier run,
so you know when the failure started. The bottom of the card indicates the percentage of builds
that have someone assigned in the Who's on it? field, indicating that the problem is being
handled.
You can click on the number of builds, or on a specific build name, to drill to the relevant details.
Environment Issues
Environment Issues include any build failures classified as Environment issues. The cards are
divided into subgroups based on the out-of-the-box tags (such as Environment - Database, and
Environment - Network), or custom tags you added. Each card shows all the problematic jobs in
the relevant category, with the oldest jobs listed first.
Related users includes anyone assigned in the relevant builds' Who's on it? field. The bottom of
the card indicates the percentage of builds that have someone assigned in the Who's on it? field.
You can click on the number of builds, or on a specific build name, to drill to the relevant details.
Quality Issues
If any tests failed in a pipeline run, and the build is not classified as a compilation or environment
issue, you will see a Quality Issue card. The cards are divided into two types: Quality - Builds with
most failed tests, and Quality - Committers related to most test failures.
Tip: Admins can define a percentage threshold that determines which test failures are
displayed on the card. For details, see the FAILURE_ANALYSIS_INSIGHT_TEST_
FAILURE_THRESHOLD configuration parameter under "FAILURE_ANALYSIS_INSIGHT_
TEST_FAILURE_THRESHOLD" on page 487.
You want to focus your attention on test failures that are stable and indicate a regression that
needs to be fixed quickly. The Quality - Builds with most failed tests card therefore shows you
the number of test failures that are stable, out of the total test failures. These are either tests that
are failing consistently or failed for the first time in this run.
Related users include any committers who may have caused the issue or anyone assigned in the
test runs' Who's on it? field. The bottom of the card indicates the percentage of tests in these
builds that have someone assigned in the Who's on it field.
You can click on the number of builds, or on a specific build name, to drill to the details of stable
test failures.
The Quality - Committers related to most test failures card shows you which committers are
related to the most test failures. Committers are listed in order of the number of stable test
failures that they impacted, so you know whom to contact to resolve problems.
The bottom of the card indicates the percentage of tests that are being handled, regardless of
who is handling them.
You can click on a line showing a number of tests to drill to the details on test failures related to
the selected committer.
See also:
l "Run pipelines" on page 175
l "Analyze builds" below
l "Analyze tests" on page 191
l "Identify problematic tests" on page 205
Analyze builds
The Builds tab lists all of the builds that ran as part of a pipeline run. The following section
describes how to use the build log and build failure classification to pinpoint the source of build
failures.
In this topic:
l "Build details" below
l "Build failure classification" on the next page
l "Classify build failures manually" on page 188
l "Create rules to classify build failures automatically" on page 189
l "Edit or delete classification rules" on page 190
Build details
Each build in the Pipelines > Builds tab is the result of a specific pipeline step. For each build you
can see the build's status, number, and duration, the build run history , the percentage
of failed tests in this build that are being handled , and so on.
Each build includes a link to the build log (also known as console log) on the CI server. If you are
working with a Jenkins server, expand the build's row to see the build log link. This is a local copy
of the build log, in which you can add rules that map specific log messages to build failure
classifications. For details, see "Create rules to classify build failures automatically" on page 189.
If configured, a custom report link to a build report stored externally is also available. For details
on configuring custom build report links, see "Label and configure pipeline steps" on page 169.
Set the Who's on it? field to assign someone to investigate a failed build, as described in the
section "Assign someone to investigate failures" on page 194. This is useful in case the build failed
for reasons that are not related to a specific test. For example, the environment may need
attention, or the build may have failed during compilation. For details, see "Build failure
classification" below below.
You can navigate between runs to help troubleshoot problems, using the Run selector in the
upper right corner. Note that the Overview tab will always show the latest run.
DevOps admins can configure hiding builds failures resulting from specific pipeline steps.
For details, see "Configure steps: Ignore or hide results of specific steps" on page 169.
To check whether a step's builds are hidden, look at the step in the pipeline's Topology
tab:
Use the build failure classification to determine who needs to handle the pipeline run failures and
what issues need to be addressed.
You can classify builds manually to document the result of an investigation. For Jenkins builds,
you can create rules that enable ALM Octane to automatically classify your builds based on the
build logs. For details, see "Create rules to classify build failures automatically" on page 189.
The build failure classification is also presented at the pipeline run level. You can see the number
of failed builds in this pipeline run, broken down by type of failure.
To view only build failures with a specific build failure classification, add a cross-filter using the
CI build. Build fail classification field:
To understand what are the most common reasons for your build failures over time, add the
Pipeline build failure classifications over time widget to your pipeline's dashboard. Hover over a
specific run to see its classification details. Use this widget to determine whether your network or
database is causing a lot of problems, tests are changing too often, code errors are being
introduced and so on.
Tip: By default, this widget is set to show builds from the past week and to hide
Unclassified builds if there are any classified builds.
Modify the Rule pattern to identify the log lines you want to map to a specific build failure
classification.
Replace parts of the text with wildcards (*) and add a \ before special characters.
Example: *illegal number*
As you edit the pattern, the matching text in the Selected log line area is highlighted. You
can only save a rule if your pattern highlights the entire line.
7. Select a classification to assign to log lines that match the pattern.
Example: Environment - Other
Tip: Admins can add classification labels to the list using the manual Build Failure
Classification button.
8. Click OK.
The classification you specified is assigned to:
If a line matches more than one rule, it is classified by the most recently updated rule.
All future failed builds are automatically labeled with the first classification mapped in their
log.
4. If you are the author of the rule, click Delete Rule or Edit Rule to make changes to the rule.
Otherwise, click the author to send him or her an email about modifying their rule.
Edit the rule's details as described in "Create rules to classify build failures automatically" on
the previous page.
See also:
l "View and analyze the pipeline overview" on page 176
l "Analyze tests" below
l "Manage all build failure classification rules" on page 419
Analyze tests
In a specific pipeline run, use the Tests tab to learn more about automated tests that were part of
the run. The following section describes how to use the tests analysis tools to pinpoint the source
of tests failures.
In this topic:
l "Overview" below
l "Prerequisites" on the next page
l "Test run details" on the next page
l "Assign someone to investigate failures" on page 194
l "Best practice: Involve committers in pipeline failure analysis" on page 195
l "Expand your test failure analysis" on page 196
Overview
In the Pipelines > Tests tab, you can see how many of your tests ran successfully, how many were
skipped or unstable, and how many failed.
You can learn more about the failures, what may have caused them, and what application modules
they affect.
After analyzing failures, you might decide to edit an automated test, roll back a committed
change, create a defect for an area in your application, or even extend you project's timeline or
l To open a previous run, click its column in the Recent Pipeline History widget, and select
Prerequisites
To benefit from all of the analysis abilities ALM Octane offers, you must:
l "Assign items to application modules" on page 150
l "Create and manage rules to assign automated tests" on page 151
l Use commit messages to associate SCM changes with ALM Octane stories. For details, see
"Track changes committed to your Source Control Management system" on page 199.
Tip: If a test has been failing consecutively, it is probably better to analyze its first
failure. To navigate to that failure, right-click on the test and select Go to pipeline run
l The test run history, in the Past status column . The tallest column represents the run
you are currently looking at.
l Any tags you added to the test or test run in ALM Octane.
Add columns to the grid to see information that is not displayed by default.
You can navigate between runs to help troubleshoot problems, using the Run selector in the
upper right corner. Note that the Overview tab will always show the latest run.
Filter the display to include only the test runs that interest you
Use the Filter panel on the right to quickly focus on specific issues that are of interest to you, such
as failed test runs or regression problems.
You can also use the toolbar filter options as follows:
View test runs whose failures are related to changes Filter the test runs by Related
committed by selected users. committers.
Separate newly failing tests from ones that failed in previous Filter by New Failure.
pipeline runs as well.
Tip: Click Show filter pane to see which properties are included in the filter. This helps
you understand which failures are being displayed and which are hidden.
Note:
l Admins can define the number of tests to be used as a threshold for test clustering
analysis using the CLUSTERING_MAX_TESTS_THRESHOLD site configuration
parameter. If the number of test failures specified in this parameter is exceeded
during a pipeline run, ALM Octane does not analyze clustering. For details, see
"CLUSTERING_MAX_TESTS_THRESHOLD" on page 484.
l In each pipeline run, clusters are named C1, C2, and so on, according to cluster size
(Cluster C1 has the largest number of failed test runs). Test runs from different
pipeline runs with the same cluster name, are not related to each other.
l When assigning a failed run to someone for handling, you can assign all of the failures in the
same cluster to the same person.
For more details on analyzing failures in the Test Runs tab, see "Expand your test failure analysis"
on page 196.
Clear the user from Who's on it? Click and then click .
Who's on it? Clear Assignment
Indicate that you completed your Click Not me in the upper right corner, near the Run
investigation and are not related number.
to any of the failures in the
This clears any Who's on it? assignment you had on any
pipeline run.
failed builds or test runs in this pipeline run.
Note that Not Me is available in the Builds and Tests tabs
on the main Pipeline landing page, but not in the Pipeline
run form.
Tip: When assigning someone to investigate a test run failure, ALM Octane lets you
choose to assign the same person to all of the test runs that failed for a similar reason.
Tip: If, as a user, you think you might be responsible for a failure or able to fix it, click I'm
on it . You can clear the Who's on it? assignment or set Not me for the pipeline run if
after further investigation you decide it's not your issue to fix after all.
Check the build context of the test run in the Preview tab
For example:
l Next Runs. When investigating a failure of a test run that is not from latest pipeline run, a quick
glance shows the test run status from the following pipeline runs . Tooltips
on each run show pipeline run number and date.
If a subsequent run passed successfully, you probably do not need to invest more in this
investigation.
Note: This is different from the widget on the test run itself, which displays the status of
past runs .
l Build . Displays the overall status of tests in this build. This provides a build context for you,
while you are looking at a specific test run. For example, if most tests in the build are failing, the
issue may be at the build level, and there is no need to analyze this specific failure.
l Cluster: The number of additional tests that failed for the same reason. Click to view all similar
failed runs together and handle them in bulk.
View error data from the failure, such as error message and stack trace, in
the Report tab.
In the stack trace, you may see highlighted file names. These files may be related to the failure, as
they contain changes committed in this build.
If available, view more detailed reports:
l Click Testing tool report to open an external report with more details about the failure, from
UFT or StormRunner Load, for example.
l Click Custom build report to open a build report stored on your CI server or elsewhere. This link
is provided if a DevOps admin configured a template for such links on the pipeline step. For
details, see "Label and configure pipeline steps" on page 169.
Tip: A dotted line around a committer indicates that the related commit is from a previous
build.
The following table explains why ALM Octane would highlight a specific commit:
Change in test When a test is unstable, ALM Octane shows the last commit that changed
file before test the test file before it became unstable. This commit is likely to be related to
became the initial failure that caused the current instability.
unstable
Error in The commit includes changes to files listed in the current failure's stack
stacktrace trace.
Historical The commit includes changes to files listed in the stack trace of a previous
association failed run.
Related files The commit includes changes to a file which has previously been linked to
this test, by analyzing committers and Who's on it history.
Whenever a committer is manually assigned as on it for a test failure, a
relation is built between their committed files to the test. This is then used
to identify related commits for new failures.
Same The commit is related to an application module that is assigned to the test.
application
Commits are related to application modules via the stories mentioned in
module
the commit message, and the features that those stories belong to.
Same feature The commit is related to a feature that is assigned to the test.
Commits are related to features via the stories mentioned in the commit
message.
If this test has been failing consecutively, related commits include commits from this pipeline run
and from the pipeline run in which the test started failing. For commits from a previous build, the
build number is displayed.
You can filter the commits in this view:
l All commits (this pipeline run). All of the commits, not only the ones ALM Octane related to
the selected test run failures.
l My commits (this pipeline run). All of your commits, not only the ones related to the selected
test failures.
l Related commits (previous runs too) only commits related to the selected test run failures.
A risk icon indicates that a commit includes changes to hotspot files. For details, see "Identify
risky commits and features at risk" on page 210.
Create a defect
If you are looking at a pipeline's latest run, you can create a defect related to one or more of the
failed test runs:
Select the relevant rows in the grid and click Report Defect.
The new defect is linked to the runs you selected and contains a link to this pipeline run's Tests
tab.
Add this
column to...
Pipeline links navigate to the pipeline and to a particular run of the pipeline.
Application see which application modules are currently associated to the tests that failed.
modules
Problem see whether the test has a history of unsuccessful runs. For details, see
"Identify problematic tests" on page 205.
See also:
l "Analyze builds" on page 186
l "Run automated tests from ALM Octane" on page 275
l "Analyze automated test run results" on page 278
l "Analysis and reporting" on page 282
l "Overview" below
l "Use cases for tracking commits " on the next page
l "Prerequisites" on page 201
l "Track commits associated with a pipeline run" on page 201
l "Track commits associated with backlog items" on page 202
l "Use the Commits tab to track committed changes" on page 202
l "Use the dashboard to analyze your commit activity" on page 204
l "In the Tests tab, find commits related to failures" on page 204
l "Map SCM users to ALM Octane users" on page 204
l "Troubleshooting" on page 205
Overview
ALM Octane pipelines display the commits associated with each run of the pipeline.
In your SCM system, use commit messages to associate changes with specific ALM Octane
backlog items (user stories, quality stories, or defects).
In ALM Octane, you can now track the committed changes and their affect on release and build
quality. You can view the following information in ALM Octane:
l In pipelines:
In a pipeline run, the list of backlog items and commits associated with the pipeline run.
In a pipeline overview, the number of committers and commits included in the pipeline's latest
run.
In a pipeline run's analysis, the commits that are related to failed automated test runs.
l In the backlog:
Inside a backlog item, the list of commits related to the item.
Inside an epic or feature, the list of commits associated with backlog items defined under the
epic or feature.
l In the Team Backlog module, the list of commits committed by the members of the selected
team.
The risk indicator near commits or features indicates changes committed in sensitive areas of
code.
Note: When working with GoCD, ALM Octane displays commits and their associations with
ALM Octane entities. The list of files included in each commit is not available.
Prerequisites
l Make sure the workspace admin or DevOps admin has created a pipeline on a CI server that
works with an SCM system. For details, see "Create and configure pipelines" on page 163.
l If you want to associate changes with ALM Octane backlog items, include the ID of the related
ALM Octane backlog item in your commit message.
When committing a change to your SCM system, the commit message should include one of the
Commit message patterns defined on the DevOps > Commit Patterns settings page. A
workspace admin can modify the default commit message patterns using Java regular
expressions. For details, see "Customize commit message patterns" on page 414.
The default commit message patterns are:
defect #<defect id>
user story #<user story id>
quality story #<quality story id>
The message syntax is not case sensitive.
You can also associate your commit with multiple backlog items, like in these examples:
Defect #1001, User story #1002: I changed all of the blue icons to green ones.
Fixed the issue of screen not refreshing. Defect #1001, Defect #1002.
l To open a previous run, click the pipeline's ID to open the pipeline. In the Runs tab, click
Click a backlog item's ID if you want to open the item and view more details.
If the pipeline is configured to notify committers upon run failure, users receive an email if a
pipeline run that included their commits fails.
You can edit this option in the pipeline's Details tab.
Each user receives an email about their own commits. The email lists the commits, the failed builds,
and the failed tests (limited to a certain number of items). It also includes a link to the relevant
pipeline run's Tests tab.
Open the
Commits
To see ... tab in ... How ?
Commits associated with a pipeline run. A pipeline 1. Open the Pipelines module.
run. 2. Select a pipeline.
3. Click the pipeline's ID to open it.
4. In the Runs tab, click the ID of a
run.
Commits associated with a backlog item A defect, Click a backlog item's ID. For
via commit messages. user story, or example, in Backlog, Team Backlog,
quality story. Defects.
Open the
Commits
To see ... tab in ... How ?
Commits associated with backlog items An epic or a Click the ID of an epic or feature.
defined under an epic or feature. feature. For example, in Backlog or Quality
module.
Commits committed by the members of The Team In the Team Backlog, select the
a team, during the time frame of the Backlog. relevant team.
selected release and sprint.
Click a specific team member in the
Team pane on the right to see only
that person's commits.
Tip: To filter by user, make sure your SCM users are mapped to ALM Octane users.
For details, see "Map SCM users to ALM Octane users" on the next page.
If you are the user who committed the change, but your SCM user is not yet mapped to your
ALM Octane user, click to create the mapping.
3. Select a specific commit. The list of files included in this commit is displayed on the right. If the
SCM system provides the information, ALM Octane differentiates between edited, added or
deleted files.
Note: If you have file names in Git that contain Unicode characters and you want to
see them in ALM Octane, update your Git configuration as follows:
4. For each changed file listed in a Commits pane, ALM Octane can provide HTTP links to the
file view and diff view in your repository viewer. To enable this, a workspace admin must
configure templates for the HTTP links. For details, see "Enable linking to your repository
viewer (Git or SVN only)" on page 413.
Note:
l The association of commits with features and application modules is made via the
user story or defect mentioned in a commit's message.
l By default, these widgets include commits made in the last 30 days. You can change
the time frame in the Scope tab of the widget editor.
Tip: Make sure that your SCM system is configured to share commit authors with your
CI server. For example, in the Jenkins GIT plugin, set the option Use commit author in
changelog .
Otherwise, your space admin can map the users manually. For details, see "Assign roles and
permissions" on page 529.
Alternatively, individual ALM Octane users can map themselves to unmapped SCM users listed in
Commits tabs. For details, see "Use the Commits tab to track committed changes" on page 202.
Troubleshooting
l On-premises: I don't see any commit information on the pipeline
If the ALM Octane server was restarted while the pipeline was running, change information will
be available only after the pipeline runs. Try running the pipeline again.
l I don't see any commits associated with my backlog items, or vice versa
Make sure your commit messages follow the correct syntax.
See also:
l "Set up CI servers" on page 403
l "Set up your SCM system" on page 413
l "Create and configure pipelines" on page 163
l "Run pipelines" on page 175
successful, according to the type of problem. Click on the column of a specific problem type to
view the relevant test runs.
The widget is available in the dashboard and in a pipeline's overview.
The following table shows the test run result patterns that ALM Octane labels as problematic:
Problem Definition
Continuously failing The last 8 runs of the test failed.
Oscillating In the last 8 runs of the test, its Pass/Fail status changed 4 times or
more.
In other words, there were at least 4 times in which a failed run was
followed by a successful run or vice versa.
Continuously skipped The test was skipped in the last 8 runs of the pipeline.
Note:
l If the test run results match more than one problematic pattern, the Problem field
contains multiple problem types.
l Throughout the patterns, the test may have been skipped in some of the pipeline runs,
but not in the most recent pipeline run.
PPPF: Regression
PPFFFSFFF: Regression
See also:
l "Analyze tests" on page 191
l "Analyze automated test run results" on page 278
What is a hotspot?
Hotspots are files that contain sensitive code, which is risky to change. The code might be too
complex, or the functionality it covers might be insufficiently tested.
To reduce the risk of future changes causing quality issues:
l Simplify and refactor the code.
l Increase testing of this code's functionality.
This means the level is time-sensitive. Over time, if no additional defect-related changes are
committed on a hotspot file, its hotspot level diminishes.
1. Prerequisites:
Make sure the workspace admin or DevOps admin has created a pipeline on a CI server that
works with an SCM system. For details, see "Create and configure pipelines" on page 163.
Make sure to associate your commits with the relevant ALM Octane stories using commit
messages. For details, see "Customize commit message patterns" on page 414.
2. In the Dashboard module, locate the Hotspots files in repository (by folder) widget.
If it is not displayed, click + and add the widget to your dashboard.
3. Configure the widget to show the code base you want to assess:
In the Scope tab, select a Repository and a Base folder for risk assessment.
The lists to select from include the repositories and folders available via the CI server SCM
integration.
Note: ALM Octane analyzes only files that were changed in SCM commits
discovered as part of a pipeline run.
Over time, this will cover more and more of your code base.
l The color of each area indicates the hotspot level. This is the level of potential risk in
changing a hotspot file.
2. Hover over an area in the heatmap to see a breakdown of the hotspot levels within a specific
folder. You can see the number of files in the folder for each level.
3. Click an area in the heatmap to see the hotspot levels of each file in the folder.
Note:
l Unknown. Commits not associated with any backlog item via commit message.
l Backlog. Commits associated with backlog items that do not belong to a specific
feature.
See also:
l "Run pipelines" on page 175
l "Track commits associated with a pipeline run" on page 201
Overview
If you set up security testing integration, a pipeline run triggers a security assessment of your
application's code, and ALM Octane displays the newly found vulnerabilities in the pipeline run.
This enables you to quickly identify and correct security vulnerabilities introduced into the code.
For details, see "Set up security testing integration" on page 427.
Prerequisites
To view vulnerabilities on a pipeline run, the following conditions must be met:
1. The pipeline was created as part of the Fortify on Demand integration. For details, see "Set
up security testing integration" on page 427.
Note: The Vulnerabilities tab is available only for pipelines with the Security type. You can
see a pipeline's type in the pipeline's Details tab.
Click Vulnerabilities related to me to find any security issues that your committed changes
may have introduced. This filter shows only vulnerabilities found on files that were included in
your commits. You can then assign yourself to investigate these issues.
l As a user investigating a vulnerability:
Click the vulnerability's ID to open it and view more details. If the Fortify on Demand server is
currently available, ALM Octane shows additional information from the security assessment
that can help you fix the issue. For example, the explanation of the issue, and the suggested
recommendations.
l As a user who investigated a vulnerability:
If you found the problem that needs to be addressed, use the Report Defect button to create a
defect from the selected vulnerability. The important details from the vulnerability are
automatically included in the defect.
See also:
l "Set up security testing integration" on page 427
l "Run pipelines" on page 175
Step Tool
Configure code coverage reports on Jenkins Standard industry tools
Send code coverage reports to ALM Octane Jenkins Application Automation Tools plugin
1. Use standard industry tools such as Maven and JaCoCo to generate code coverage JaCoCo
or LCOV reports on your Jenkins server.
2. Set up ALM Octane integration with your Jenkins server using the Application Automation
Tools plugin. For details, see "Set up CI servers" on page 403.
This feature requires version 5.3.1 or later of the plugin . This version is currently available as
a beta version: https://mvnrepository.com/artifact/org.jenkins-ci.plugins/hp-application-
automation-tools-plugin. If you are using an earlier version of the plugin, you can upgrade
your plugin to this version.
3. In Jenkins, for pipeline steps whose code coverage you want to track on ALM Octane, create
a post-build step that sends the code coverage reports to ALM Octane.
Select the HPE ALM Octane code coverage publisher post-build step, and provide the paths
to your code coverage reports.
4. Run the pipeline.
The Code coverage by package widget shows the code coverage per package in your code
base, as well as the percentage of code lines covered by automated tests in each file. For more
details, see "The 'Code coverage by package' widget" below.
2. Click the pipeline's ID to open it.
In the Runs tab, you can see a code coverage bar on each pipeline run. Red represents the
code lines that were not reached by any test runs. Green represents the code lines that were
called at least once during the tests that ran as part of this pipeline run. Hover over the bar to
see the exact numbers of files.
This widget is interactive and shows more information about the areas you hover over or click.
l Each area in this sunburst chart represents a code package.
l The size of each area indicates the amount of code lines in the package.
l The color of the area represents the code coverage of this package. Red represents packages
where no code lines were reached by any test runs. Green represents 100% code coverage. The
colors and shades in between represent the range of code coverage percentage.
l The circles represent the code package hierarchy, with the high-level packages closer to the
center of the chart.
Hover over an area to see the package name and the code coverage percentage.
l The outer rim of the chart represents code packages at the bottom of the hierarchy, which
contain files. Click on areas in the outer rim to open a heatmap that shows coverage details per
file.
Connecting ALM Octane to code coverage data from Jenkins requires the following:
1. Use standard industry tools such as Maven and JaCoCo to generate code coverage JaCoCo
or LCOV reports on your Jenkins server.
2. Set up ALM Octane integration with your Jenkins server using the Application Automation
Tools plugin. For details, see "Set up CI servers" on page 403.
This feature requires version 5.3.1 or later of the plugin . This version is currently available as
a beta version: https://mvnrepository.com/artifact/org.jenkins-ci.plugins/hp-application-
automation-tools-plugin. If you are using an earlier version of the plugin, you can upgrade
your plugin to this version.
3. In Jenkins, for pipeline steps whose code coverage you want to track on ALM Octane, create
a post-build step that sends the code coverage reports to ALM Octane.
Select the HPE ALM Octane code coverage publisher post-build step, and provide the paths
to your code coverage reports.
4. Run the pipeline.
3. In the Details tab, widgets show code coverage per package and per file, as well as code
coverage trends over time.
The Code coverage by pipeline run widget shows the overall percentage of code lines
covered by automated tests in each pipeline run. Invest in developing automated tests for as
much of your code as possible, aiming to develop and then maintain a high code coverage as
your code base grows.
The Code coverage by package widget shows the code coverage per package in your code
base, as well as the percentage of code lines covered by automated tests in each file. For more
details, see "The 'Code coverage by package' widget" on page 216.
This widget is interactive and shows more information about the areas you hover over or click.
l Each area in this sunburst chart represents a code package.
l The size of each area indicates the amount of code lines in the package.
l The color of the area represents the code coverage of this package. Red represents packages
where no code lines were reached by any test runs. Green represents 100% code coverage. The
colors and shades in between represent the range of code coverage percentage.
l The circles represent the code package hierarchy, with the high-level packages closer to the
center of the chart.
Hover over an area to see the package name and the code coverage percentage.
l The outer rim of the chart represents code packages at the bottom of the hierarchy, which
contain files. Click on areas in the outer rim to open a heatmap that shows coverage details per
file.
See also:
l "Set up CI servers" on page 403
l "Create and configure pipelines" on page 163
l "Run pipelines" on page 175
Testing
As you develop your application, testing is a critical part of the process. Testing ensures that the a
product meets your organization's quality standards. To assist, ALM Octane helps you with many
types of testing frameworks and test types.
ALM Octane supports manual, Gherkin, and automated tests.
Manual Use Manual tests and Gherkin tests for acceptance testing, unit testing, or
tests and integration testing. In these tests, the tester uses the application to make
Gherkin test everything works as expected.
Manual tests list each step and you perform the test, step by step. Gherkin tests
contain scenarios that describe what to test but give the freedom how to test.
Automated Automated tests are helpful for repetitive tasks and performing difficult tasks.
tests Use automated tests for unit testing, regression testing, and continuous
integration.
You maintain automated tests in external testing tools.
ALM Octane incorporates test run results in dashboard and quality analysis.
There a different test entity types to use to organize testing. For details, see the section on
Testing entities in the glossary of ALM Octane entities.
Next steps:
l "Create manual tests" on page 231
l "Create Gherkin tests" on page 237
l "Automate Gherkin tests" on page 263
l "Create test suites" on page 249
l "Add automated tests" on page 267
You design and develop the tests then run and analyze the results.
This process repeats again and again. This lets you test the quality of your development and
product on an ongoing basis.
Manual Manual tests are the most basic and efficient way to start tracking quality. These
tests tests contain a list of actions (steps) that a user might perform when using the
application. Running the test means you perform each action as written in the
test step.
Gherkin Gherkin tests are also a type of manual test. Gherkin tests are built with scenarios.
tests These tests use Behavior Driven Development (BDD) with use-case scenarios
based on how a user may use the application.
Gherkin tests use natural language syntax. You can also later automate a Gherkin
test, line-by-line.
When you run the test, you follow the scenario and its parameters.
Automated Automated tests are created and edited in external testing tools and added to a
tests build in your CI server. ALM Octane discovers the test results in the build results
and creates the automated test entity inside ALM Octane.
Use these results in ALM Octane as part of your product and release quality.
Test suites Test suites contain multiple manual tests, Gherkin tests, and automated tests.
You assign test runs to people and run each test individually. After finishing all
the test runs, ALM Octane aggregates the results of each test run into a single
suite run.
When you run the test suite, the automated test runs run on the CI server. All
manual and Gherkin tests, run in the ALM Octane Manual Runner.
Testing Design
During test design, you specify what parts of the application to test and creating the tests.
Do your test design when constructing the Backlog and Quality modules:
l When creating the Backlog, create the tests to verify Backlog items.
l As you add application modules, associate new or existing tests with application modules.
l When you open defects, create a test to verify the defect fix.
l Associate tests with Backlog items using a test's Backlog coverage field.
For details on working with the Backlog module, see "Build the product backlog" on page 110. For
details on working with application modules, see "Work with application modules" on page 148.
Test Development
To develop tests, add steps to target the specific actions to test. In manual tests, the test steps
explain action-by-action what to do in the application. For Gherkin tests, the test script is a use-
case scenarios instead of an action-by-action list.
For details on creating manual tests, see "Create manual tests" on page 231. For details on
creating Gherkin tests, see "Create Gherkin tests" on page 237.
Test Execution
Test execution happens when you run the tests. In ALM Octane, you run manual tests with the
ALM Octane's Manual Runner.
When you open a test in the Manual Runner, perform each step as written in the test or scenario.
Make notes in each step or scenario and assign a status to validation steps.
If necessary, report defects for problems found during tests. Add attachments to the test run to
help others understand the test results and application state during the test.
After you finish, click to end the run. After the test run, ALM Octane compiles the results in a
single report.
For details on running tests, see:
l "Plan and run test suites" on page 257
l "Run manual and Gherkin tests" on page 251
l "Run automated tests from ALM Octane" on page 275
Test Analysis
After you run manual tests, analyze the results. ALM Octane compiles the test or test suite run
results into a single report. View this report, step-by-step, to see the run details.
ALM Octane also provides many useful graphs for release and product quality analysis. Use the
standard out-of-the-box widgets or design your own by configuring custom widgets.
To analyze cross-release quality, use the Dashboard module. To analyze release-, sprint-, feature-
or application module-specific quality, use the Overview tabs in the Backlog or Quality module.
For details on test results, see "Stop the run and see results" on page 255 or "View the suite run
results" on page 260. For details on analyzing quality, see "Use the ALM Octane Dashboard" on
page 290.
l "Set up a Jenkins job to run tests using the testing tool" on the next page
l "Create a pipeline in ALM Octane containing the Jenkins jobs" on page 229
l "Run the pipeline " on page 230
l "Use test assignment rules to connect results to your ALM Octane entities" on page 230
l "Analyze test results" on page 231
Overview
Automated tests, as well as load and performance tests are managed in external testing tools. You
can set up a CI server to run those automated tests, and then set up ALM Octane to collect those
results. This enables you to see a comprehensive picture of your application's quality and
coverage.
This topic describes working with a Jenkins CI server, but you can create a similar set up with other
CI servers as well.
l Set up your automated tool to run tests.
l Configure your CI server to trigger the runs, publishing the results (JUNit, NUnit, etc.) to the
CI server.
l Integrate ALM Octane with your CI server using an ALM Octane plugin.
l Set up and run pipelines that run the tests.
l The ALM Octane plugin collects the results and sends them to ALM Octane.
Note: If you are working with UFT tests, you can set up a straightforward integration with
UFT without using pipelines. For details, see "Set up UFT integration" on page 421.
l Send the results to ALM Octane, enabling you to view the results as part of your overall
quality analysis.
For details on downloading, installing, and configuring this plugin, see the Application
Automation Tools wiki page.
Note: To support Performance Center tests, use version 5.2 or later or the plugin.
location. If they are in an SCM repository, check them out to the Jenkins workspace on
your UFT machine.
l Define the UFT machine as an execution node on Jenkins. For details, see the section on
See
https://wiki.jenkins.io/display/JENKINS/HPE+Application+Automation+Tools#HPEApplicatio
nAutomationTools-RunningFunctionalTestsfromtheFileSystem.
l For Performance Center tests, configure the connection to the Performance Center machine.
See
https://wiki.jenkins.io/display/JENKINS/HPE+Application+Automation+Tools#HPEApplicatio
nAutomationTools-RunningPerformanceTestsusingHPPerformanceCenter.
From Jenkins
See
https://wiki.jenkins.io/display/JENKINS/HPE+Application+Automation+Tools#HPEApplicationA
utomationTools-CreateandconfigureALMOctanepipelinesonJenkins.
After the pipeline and test runs are finished, the plugin sends the test results to ALM Octane.
ALM Octane creates automated test and test run entities based on the test results it receives. If a
relevant automated test already exists, the results are associated with that test. For details, see
"Creating automated test entities" on page 268.
For details, see "Assign tests to application modules and backlog items" on page 270.
Note: Performance Center provides detailed reports only for tests that pass successfully.
View the pipeline run results in the Pipelines module. For details, see "Run pipelines" on page 175.
If you assigned your tests to backlog items and application modules, the results are included in
your release and product tracking dashboard widgets.
See also:
l "Set up CI servers" on page 403
l "Create and manage test assignment rules" on page 416
l "Create and configure pipelines" on page 163
l "Run pipelines" on page 175
lFrom a Test Suite, click Tests, click the down arrow next to the Add Existing Test
button, and then click Manual Test.
2. In the Add Manual Test dialog box, assign test attributes:
Name The name of the test.
Backlog coverage The backlog items the test will cover. This helps you track the
release quality.
Application The product's application modules. This helps you track product
modules quality, regardless of release.
Note: To use the Visual Editor, to add or edit steps, click the Visual Editor button.
Tip: While you work, save and label versions of your manual test. As you work with
the test over time, compare versions to view modifications. For details, see "Use
versions of test scripts" on page 260.
Tip: You can also quickly access the list of parameters by pressing CTRL-SPACE. Use
the keyboard arrows to navigate the list, and Enter to select a parameter.
9. When you run the test, it runs in multiple iterations. Each iteration uses a different set of
parameter values from the table.
Using the above example, here are the results of a run:
Next steps:
l "Import manual tests and test suites" on page 243
l "Link manual and Gherkin tests to automated tests" on page 248
l "Run manual and Gherkin tests" on page 251
Test syntax
When working in the Text Editor, use the following syntax to add steps:
Validation steps Each step begins with a hyphen, space, and question mark:
Example: - ? Validate that the page loaded correctly.
Call to step Each step begins with a hyphen, space, and the @ character with the
ID number of the test to call:
Example: - @1102 Search by user
A step can span more than one line. You do not need put a hyphen and space on other lines if a
step continues.
Tip: When working in the text editor, a red X displays next to any lines with syntax or logic
errors. For example, a call step cannot call the its own test.
Example:
Basic example
To format text:
In the Text Editor, use the following syntax to format your test script:
Bold **text**
Italics *text*
Underline __text__
Red {text}red
Green {text}green
Blue {text}blue
For example:
Note: You can combine formatting. For example: *You can **combine** formatting*
Language support: Gherkin tests in ALM Octane support only English syntax.
Gherkin syntax uses plain-text English with a specific structure. Gherkin syntax is easy to learn but
structured enough to allow specific examples.
Using Gherkin tests has advantages:
Choosing Gherkin tests helps By creating Gherkin tests, you can move them to
transition from manual testing to automated tests:
automated testing
1. Write the tests in ALM Octane using standard
Gherkin syntax.
2. Choose a few tests to automate.
3. Download the test script, and in your IDE, write
code for automation.
4. Include the automated tests in your CI process.
ALM Octane links the results back to the
original Gherkin tests.
For details on running Gherkin tests as part of a
CI progress, see "Automate Gherkin tests" on
page 263.
5. View the results in ALM Octane.
Using Gherkin scenarios, add Because Gherkin tests use scenarios,change the
parameter-like functionality values used in the test run.
2. Assign test attributes. Make sure to enter values for the following attributes:
Test type The type of test, such as Acceptance, End to End, Regression, Sanity,
Security, or Performance.
Backlog Select the backlog items the test covers. This helps you track release
coverage quality.
Application The product's application modules. This helps you track product quality,
modules regardless of release.
Note: ALM Octane uses the Test ID tag to map the automation results. DO
NOT DELETE the Test ID tag!
Tip: While you work, save and label versions of your manual test. As you work with the
test over time, compare versions to view modifications. For details, see "Use versions of
test scripts" on page 260.
Requires The script was modified in the IDE and is not up-to-date in ALM Octane.
approval a. Click the Script changed externally link to compare script versions.
b. Decide which script version you want to approve.
c. Click Accept to update the script in ALM Octane according to the external
version from the automation code. Click Decline to reject the externally
modified script and to keep the ALM Octane script version.
The script is now the same in the automation code and in ALM Octane.
ALM Octane displays the test's Automation status as Automated.
Next steps:
l "Use versions of test scripts" on page 260
l "Run manual and Gherkin tests" on page 251
l "Automate Gherkin tests" on page 263
l "Gherkin test syntax" below
Note: When editing, ALM Octane displays a red X next to any lines with syntax or logical
errors.
In this topic:
Feature section
The feature defines the purpose and goal of the Gherkin test.
l The feature line starts with the keyword: Feature:
l A feature contains any number of scenarios.
l Until the first scenario, enter any text. The text describes the related persona, the feature
Background section
You run backgrounds before each scenario. The background defines one set of settings or one
context to all scenarios in a feature.
l The Background section starts with the keyword: Background:
l Backgrounds can contain steps (Given , When , and Then ).
For example:
Background:
Scenario section
Scenarios describe what the user does and how the application should respond.
l The Scenario line starts with the keyword: Scenario:
l A feature can contain many scenarios.
l Every scenario contains steps, also known as annotations in Gherkin syntax. The steps let you
know what to do for the test run. Each scenario can contain many steps of each type.
l Steps start with Given, When, and Then. Each scenario can contain more than one step.
When statements When steps describe the action that the user is performing.
Then statements Then steps describe the expected result of the performed action.
For example:
Scenario Outline
The Scenario Outline runs once for each row in the Examples section. You can use the Scenario
Outline to parameterize a Gherkin test.
l Like a Scenario, the Scenario Outline usually contains Given, When, and Then steps.
l The Given , When , and Then steps contain placeholders (variables) with names listed between
Examples:
| customer | payment |
Import file example. A template file is available to help you construct your import file. In
the ALM Octane menu, click Import Tests. In the Import dialog box, click View import file
example to download the example Excel file.
Note:
l The values described in the tables below are the default system values. Your ALM
Octane workspace may use different values depending on the workspace
configuration.
l Localization: You must use the English field names, even if your UI is in a different
language.
3. On separate rows, enter field values for each test and test suite you want to import.
Each entity in ALM Octane has required fields, as determined by the form settings. If you do
not enter values for all the required fields, ALM Octane adds that entity in Draft status. After
the import, open these items and fill in values for all required fields.
Localization: If your user language is set to another language, use localized values in the
Excel sheet.
By default, you can import up to 1000 backlog items in a single import. If you have more,
prepare other Excel files to import all the items.
To import more than 300 tests, have your site admin set the IMPORT_TESTS_FUSE
configuration parameter to the necessary number. For details, see "IMPORT_TESTS_FUSE "
on page 490.
Mandatory fields
unique_id An integer for of the ID for the imported test.
covered_content The ALM Octane ID number representing the backlog items this test
covers.
designer The ALM Octane user name of the person who created the test and test
steps.
estimated_ An integer representing the number minutes expected to perform the test
duration run.
owner The ALM Octane login name for the item's owner.
Tip: Create a special tag for imported items to filter these items.
<User defined The label name (as set in the ALM Octane workspace settings for a user
fields> story) of any user-defined fields in the user story form.
Mandatory fields
type Add test_suite to instruct ALM Octane that you are importing a test suite.
Optional fields
test_id The row number of the manual test (from the manual test sheet) to include
in the test suite.
You must include the referenced manual test in the same import file as the
test suite.
covered_content The ALM Octane ID number representing the backlog items this test
covers.
designer The ALM Octane user name of the person who created the test and test
steps.
owner The ALM Octane login name of the test suite's owner.
Tip: Create a special tag for imported items to filter these items.
<User defined The label name (as set in the ALM Octane workspace settings for a user
fields> story) of any user-defined fields in the user story form.
step_type A list value. Possible values include Setup, Validation, or Call to.
If you add a Call to step, ensure that you include the test in the manual test
import sheet.
Enter each test on a separate row. For each test, ensure that the header row contains these
columns in the header row. Values for other columns in the header row should remain empty in
these rows.
test_id The unique ID value from the test to include in the test suite.
You must import this test at the same time as the test suite.
3. After the import is complete, the items are displayed in the ALM Octane Backlog module or
Quality module.
Next steps:
l "Run manual and Gherkin tests" on page 251
l "Plan and run test suites" on page 257
Linking tests ensures you have a linkage from the test steps to the automation code. It also
ensures that ALM Octane includes the results of both tests in quality analysis.
Tip: In an automated test, select Covered manual test, Gherkin test in the Relations
tab to link between them.
3. In the Select dialog, select the appropriate automated test from the list and click Add.
In the relations grid, ALM Octane connects the tests in the map. ALM Octane also assigns the
automated test to the backlog items and application modules of the parallel manual or
Gherkin test.
In addition, in a linked manual test ALM Octane updates the test's automation status as
Automated.
4. Run the tests as needed in the ALM Octane Manual Runner or the pipeline with the
automated test.
View run results of the automated test run and manual or Gherkin test run in the test's Runs
tab.
Next steps:
l "Import manual tests and test suites" on page 243
l "Use versions of test scripts" on page 260
l "Run manual and Gherkin tests" on page 251
2. Set the test suite attributes. In particular, we recommend you provide a value for the Backlog
coverage and Application modules attributes.
3. Click Add & Edit.
4. Click Add button + down arrow and select Manual Test or Gherkin Test. Provide the test
attributes and click Add.
ALM Octane adds the created test to the test suite. Click the link for the test to add the steps.
For details, see "Create manual tests" on page 231 or "Create Gherkin tests" on page 237.
l In the Tests tab of the test suite, click the Add Existing Tests button .
l In the Grid View or Smart List View, right-click a test and select Add to Suite.
2. In the Select tests dialog box, select all the tests you want to include.
3. Click Select.
The tests are then added to the test suite's test grid.
Tip: For ALM Octane to locate the data tables in Git, store them in an entirely separate
folder from your tests.
1. In the test suite, open the Tests tab and select the grid view.
2. Add the Data table column to the grid.
3. In the UFT test's row, select a data table to use for the test run. The list of data tables
includes all of the data tables that ALM Octane discovered with your tests.
When the suite runs this test, it will run with the data table you selected.
To run a test with different data tables, add the test to different test suites. In each suite, you can
specify a different data table for this test.
Next steps:
l "Plan and run test suites" on page 257
l "Run manual and Gherkin tests" below
l "Use the ALM Octane Dashboard" on page 290
Note: The run statuses you assign when running manual tests (including Gherkin tests and
test suites) are called native statuses. When analyzing test run results in the Dashboard or
Overview tabs, ALM Octane categorizes the native statuses into the summary statuses
Passed, Failed, Requires attention, and Planned for clarity of analysis.
Run tests
Run manual tests or Gherkin tests from ALM Octane.
Tip: You can also run manual tests using Sprinter, as described in "Run and edit manual
tests in Sprinter" on page 256.
To run tests:
1. In the Backlog or in the Quality module, select the tests to run.
2. In the toolbar, click Run .
The Run tests dialog box opens, indicating how many tests you are about to run. Specify the
test run details:
Run name A name for the manual run entity created when running a test.
By default, the run name is the test name. Provide a different name if
necessary.
Release and The product release version to which to associate the test run results and
environment the application environment on which you run the test.
By default, ALM Octane uses the last selected environments.
Script Select Use a version from another release to run a test using a script
version version from a different release. If there is more than one version from the
selected release, ALM Octane uses the latest version.
Any tests linked to a manual test from a Add Call Step use the same
specified version.
Draft run Select Draft run if you are still designing the test but want to run existing
status steps. After the run is complete, ALM Octane ignores the results.
Tip: During the test run, click the Run Details button to add run details.
2. In each step or scenario, record your results in the What actually happened? field:
button .
2. In the Add run step defect dialog box, fill in the relevant details for the defect and click Add.
The new defect form is automatically populated with the application module of the test
where the run originated, as well as the release that was chosen to run the test. Other
relevant fields are filled as well.
3. To link the run to an existing defect, click Link to defect, select the relevant defect(s), and
click Select.
l To attach to a test run: In the toolbar, click the Run Attachments button .
l To attach to single step: In the step, next to the What actually happened field, hover and
click the Add attachments button:
In the dialog, attach the necessary files. For details on working with attachments, see "Attach
files to items" on page 75.
Tip: Drag and drop from a folder or paste an image into the Manual Runner.
ALM Octane updates the Manual Runner to show the number of attached files:
After performing all steps, at the bottom of the ALM Octane Manual Runner window, click .
Note: If you have not marked all steps or validation steps, the run status is still listed as In
Progress. Finish entering and updating step details to change the status.
In the Runs tab of the test, click the link for your specific manual run and view the results in the
Report tab.
The report displays step-by-step results, including the result of all validation steps, and any
attachments included in the run. You can also see which phase the test was in when the run was
created.
Tip: To view test phase information for multiple runs, add the Test Phase column to the
Runs tab.
See also:
l "Plan and run test suites" on the next page
l "Link manual and Gherkin tests to automated tests" on page 248
l "Report and track product defects" on page 154
Prerequisites:
l Both Sprinter and ALM Octane must be on the same client machine.
l Sprinter version 14.03 is supported.
2. When you are ready to run a manual test, click Run in ALM Octane.
Sprinter opens automatically, and you can run the test there.
3. The following ALM Octane actions will run a test in Sprinter: Run, Continue Run, and My
Work > Run.
4. To edit tests using Sprinter, in the Steps tab, click Edit in Sprinter .
Sprinter opens automatically, and you can edit the test there.
Note: ALM Octane is not able to verify that Sprinter 14.03 is installed on the same machine
as your ALM Octane client. If you set up the integration and are not able to edit or run
manual tests using Sprinter, check if Sprinter is installed properly on the same machine as
ALM Octane.
Next steps:
l "Create manual tests" on page 231
l "Run manual and Gherkin tests" on page 251
Tip: To add a test to a planned suite run, first add the test to the test suite, then right-click
the test in the Tests tabs and select Add to Suite Run.
After you plan a test suite run, ALM Octane adds a Planned tag to the available Run Status tags in
the Tags tab.
Tip: If you want to run all the tests as a one-time run, click the Run button and enter
the run attributes. The tests are run in order.
If the suite contains executable automated tests, ALM Octane triggers the run on the
CI server in parallel to the manual run.
3. Assign suite run attributes. In the Plan Suite Run dialog, provide the suite run attributes.
When you have entered these details, click the Plan and Edit button to continue.
4. In the test suite, select the Suite Runs tab. ALM Octane displays a list of all suite runs.
5. In the list of suite runs, click on the link for your planned run. ALM Octane displays the suite
run details.
6. In the suite run, click the Runs tab. ALM Octane displays a list of all tests included in the suite.
7. Assign owners and attributes. In the list of test runs, in the Run by and Environment fields,
assign the test to the relevant user and specify the environment on which to run the test.
Environment is an information label. ALM Octane does not select or detect the environment
on which the test runs.
Tip: Update multiple test runs with the Bulk Update context menu option.
After you assign all the tests, the Runs tab displays the updated list:
The owner of the test run receives a notification of the assignment in the My Work area of
ALM Octane.
Tip: If you want to run a test twice as part of a suite run, in the Runs tab, select the
test and click the Duplicate Run button . ALM Octane adds the same test to the
list of tests.
8. Run the tests. Each assigned owner runs the tests as normal. For details, see "Run manual
and Gherkin tests" on page 251.
Owners run the tests from one of the following:
My Work module ALM Octane labels each assigned run with the name of the suite run
and a link to the individual test:
Select the test, and in the right pane of the My Work module, click Run
to start the test run.
Tip: If all tests in the suite are assigned to the same user, they
appear in My Work as a suite run. Select the suite and, in the
right pane, click Run.
From the In the Details tab or Runs tab of the suite run, click the Plan Entire
Backlog or Suite Run button .
Quality modules
If some tests are not assigned, select whether to run your assigned
tests with the unassigned tests or all tests in the test suite.
If someone must pause a test run, clicking the Continue Run button in the toolbar of the
Details tab or Runs tab of the Suite Runs tab in the test suite to resume the test run.
Scroll or click the links to view each test in the suite, as well as the specific steps in each test.
The report also shows which phase each test was in when the run was created.
See also:
l "Run manual and Gherkin tests" on page 251
l "Create test suites" on page 249
View versions
It can be useful to view versions for comparison or other reasons.
This creates a new version with the same content as the version you selected. This new
version becomes the current and latest version. ALM Octane discards your current test script.
The Versions window closes and you return to your test.
Next time you open the Versions window, see Reverted to and the date and time of the
revert, listed as a new version.
Compare versions
Comparing versions of tests lets you see what has changed between versions.
See also:
l "Create manual tests" on page 231
l "Create Gherkin tests" on page 237
l "Run manual and Gherkin tests" on page 251
Component Purpose
ALM Octane Create and save the test, test scripts, and analyze the results
Your IDE Add automation for the test, through a .feature file included in a JUnit Runner
automation project.
Prerequisites
l Ensure the Application Automation Tools Jenkins plugin is installed and configured on the
CI server. For details, see "Install and configure the ALM Octane CI plugin on your CI server" on
page 406.
l Ensure that your automation project is set up as a Cucumber project.
2. In the Scripts tab of the test, click the Download script button .
The script is downloaded as a .feature file.
3. Add the .feature file to your automation project.
<dependencies>
<dependency>
<groupId>com.hpe.alm.octane</groupId>
<artifactId>octane-cucumber-jvm</artifactId>
<version>12.53.22</version>
</dependency>
</dependencies>
Enter a <version> tag based on the version of ALM Octane you are using:
ALM Octane version <version> tag
import com.hpe.alm.octane.OctaneCucumber;
Package feature.manualRunner;
import com.hpe.alm.octane.OctaneCucumber;
import cucumber.api.CucumberOptions;
import org.junit.runner.RunWith;
@RunWith(OctaneCucumber.class)
@CucumberOptions(plugin={"junit:junitResult.xml"},
features="src/test/resources/feature/manualRunner")
Note: If you add an HPE Octane Cucumber test reporter step, the CI server sends only the
Gherkin test results to Octane. Test results from other automated tests are not sent as
part of the build.
The post-build action instructs Jenkins to copy the test results XML files from the path specified
in the post-build actions to the Jenkins job build folder. From this build folder, the results are
copied to ALM Octane.
During the test run in the CI server, the OctaneCucumber runner generates a run results report
called <test name>_OctaneGherkinResults.xml in a dedicated folder called gherkin_results.
Note: If you are using the octane-cucumber-jvm library version 12.53.19 and earlier, the
file name of the results is called OctaneGherkinResults.xml.
If the post-build Cucumber test report step fails, the CI server fails the entire build.
Next steps:
l "DevOps CI server integration flow" on page 162
l "Analyze automated test run results" on page 278
l "Overview" below
l "Creating automated test entities" on the next page
l "Add UFT tests from an SCM repository" on page 269
l "Add automated tests from runs in a pipeline " on page 269
l "Add automated tests from external test runs" on page 270
l "Assign tests to application modules and backlog items" on page 270
Overview
Automated tests are usually run by CI or automation servers, such as Jenkins or TeamCity, or by
ALM.
If you use UFT for automated tests, ALM Octane can create executable automated test entities
based directly on UFT tests. For details, see "Add UFT tests from an SCM repository" on
page 269.
The other way to add automated tests to ALM Octane is based on test run results. For details, see
"Creating automated test entities" below.
For ALM Octane to receive the test results, do one of the following, as described in the sections
below:
l Work with pipelines (see also "CI Pipelines" on page 159).
l Use the Test Result Collection Tools (see also "Send automated test run results to ALM
Octane" on page 271).
l Use the ALM Octane REST API (see the information about adding automated test results to
ALM Octane in the Developer Help.
Tip: When working with pipelines, you configure a test's environment by configuring the
pipeline step that runs it. For details, see "Label steps according to job type" on page 169.
To enable the ALM Octane CI plugin to send the results to ALM Octane, make sure that the jobs
running the tests publish them to the CI server. For example:
l For StormRunner Load tests run by Jenkins, create a Publish JUnit test result report post build
step.
l For tests run by GoCD, declare the result xml-report-files as artifacts of your build.
ALM Octane creates or updates the automated test entities associated with these results.
For details, see "Push results to ALM Octane" on page 273.
l Click Assign to Application Module and select the relevant application modules.
l Right-click and select Bulk Update. Click Select field, select Application modules or Owner,
and apply the relevant values.
Tip: Use the same rules to assign owners to automated tests, which can help accelerate
problem resolution.
You can also create test assignment rules from the Backlog or Quality modules. For details, see
"Create and manage rules to assign automated tests" on page 151.
Next steps:
l "Create and manage rules to assign automated tests" on page 151
l "Run automated tests from ALM Octane" on page 275
l "Analyze automated test run results" on page 278
l "Analyze tests" on page 191
l "Analysis and reporting" on page 282
An XML file If you have more complex cases, prepare the XML file according to the ALM
using API Octane test result API. For details, see Add automated test results to .
requirements
For an example, see "Test results XML sample" on page 274.
Test Results This tool sends automated test results stored in an XML file to ALM Octane.
Collection Tool These test results can be stored anywhere.
The tool requires an ALM Octane user name and password for
authentication.
ALM Test Retrieves the test results directly from ALM and sends them to ALM Octane.
Result Define filters that specify the test runs whose results you want to retrieve.
Collection Tool
The tool requires connection information for an ALM domain and project, as
well as a user name and password and ALM Octane API access.
Supports 12.* versions of ALM. Send test results from ALM test types
including MANUAL, UFT, LeanFT , and BPT tests.
Use the ALM Use REST API calls to send test results to ALM Octane without the test
Octane API results collection tools.
For details, see the information about adding automated test results to ALM
Octane in the Developer Help.
See also:
l "Add automated tests" on page 267
l "Test results XML sample" below
l "Run automated tests from ALM Octane" on the next page
l "Analyze automated test run results" on page 278
Sample XML:
module="webapp"/>
<test_run started="STARTED_TS" status="Passed" duration="0"
name="bandTestE" class="BandTest" package="com.mycomp.devops.demoapp"
module="webapp"/>
<test_run started="STARTED_TS" status="Passed" duration="1"
name="always_true_A" class="CalcsTest" package="com.mycomp.devops.demoapp"
module="webapp"/>
<test_run started="STARTED_TS" status="Passed" duration="1"
name="always_true_B" class="CalcsTest" package="com.mycomp.devops.demoapp"
module="webapp"/>
<test_run started="STARTED_TS" status="Passed" duration="1"
name="always_true_C" class="CalcsTest" package="com.mycomp.devops.demoapp"
module="webapp"/>
</test_runs>
</test_result>
Note: If you do not run your automated tests on a supported CI server, you can still send
automated test run results to ALM Octane. For details, see "Send automated test run
results to ALM Octane" on page 271.
If the test runs finished and the status still shows In progress, try refreshing the list of
runs.
d. Click the ID of a test run to open it for more detailed results.
Click the Testing tool report button in the upper right corner of the test run to open
the UFT report. The image below shows an example of a UFT report:
e.
Tip: If you install UFT version 14.01, you can run UFT tests when the computer is
locked, as long as you configured the disconnected remote connection option.
4. For more details on automated test run failures, see "Examine failures from test runs" on the
next page.
See also:
l "Run pipelines" on page 175
l "Assign items to application modules" on page 150
l "Analyze automated test run results" below
Tip: Select the Latest pipeline run tag to exclude automated tests skipped or
removed from the pipeline's latest run. The display includes manual tests, executable
automated tests, and automated tests that ran as part of a pipeline's latest run.
If a new pipeline run is in progress, some tests that ran on the previous pipeline run
are still included.
Tip: In the test run grid, add the Problem column to see whether the test has a history
of unsuccessful runs. For details, see "Identify problematic tests" on page 205.
a. Hover over the Build status icon to view build failure and details about the build in
which this specific run failed, including when the build failure occurred, and the number
of tests that passed, failed, or need attention. If at least 1 test fails, ALM Octane
considers the entire Build as failed.
b. Check Who's on it? to find out who is investigating this failed test.
If you assign someone to investigate the test, this assignment remains on subsequent
failed runs of the test. The assignment is cleared when the test passes successfully.
Tip: To have an email notification sent to the person you assign, assign Who's on
it? in the Tests tab of a pipeline run. For details, see "Expand your test failure
analysis" on page 196.
c. Click the Testing tool report button to navigate to the report created by the testing
tool that ran the test, when applicable.
d. Click the Custom build report button to open a build report stored on your CI server
or elsewhere.
This link is provided if a DevOps admin configured a template for such links on the
pipeline step. For details, see "Label and configure pipeline steps" on page 169.
e. Click the Pipeline links to navigate to the pipeline and to a particular run of the pipeline
(marked by #).
Tip: To add the Pipeline links column to the grid, use the Choose columns
button.
6. In the Error Info section, view the Error message, Error type, and Error details. The Error Info
fields are only populated for failed test runs. If the error details are truncated in the fields,
click Show all details to display the error details in full view in a new tab.
When a test fails, the failure cause (stack trace) is sent to the server. ALM Octane users can
immediately see the reason.
7. On the top-right of the Details tab, click Show in <source> to view the test results in the
CI server.
8. In the Previous Runs tab:
a. View a list of previous test runs and related build failure and error information, including
message, exception, and stack trace.
b. Filter the run history per specified failure or error criteria. For example, you can filter by
run status to view only failed runs so you can immediately identify and resolve them. You
can also filter by time duration, build status, and substrings in error messages, exceptions,
and stack traces.
c. In the tooltip of the previous run, click the Testing tool report link to navigate to the
report in the external system that produced this run, when applicable.
d. Click the Pipeline links to navigate to the pipeline run (marked by #) and to the pipeline.
9. You can create a defect based on this run by clicking Report defect.
Pipelines module The main page of the Pipelines module displays per-pipeline
information about all the automated tests included in that pipeline.
This includes information about the application modules with failed
tests, problematic tests in recent runs, and so forth.
Use this information to isolate the automated test run per pipeline and
view these run as part of the product build.
See also:
l "Run automated tests from ALM Octane" on page 275
l "Analyze tests" on page 191
Tip: Also, with OData support, you can generate sophisticated reports that directly access
ALM Octane entities to help with your analysis. For details, see "OData support for
extended reporting (technical preview)" on page 452.
In this topic:
Associating tests and defects enables ALM Octane to provide better quality analysis.
Backlog module, View test run results by adding different widgets, including:
Overview tab and
l Feature quality status
Dashboard module
l Open defects by feature
To see a specific epic or feature, select the node in the backlog tree. In
the Dashboard, add a filter to display items relevant to your release.
Backlog module, ALM Octane displays a risk icon for features associated with risky
Features tab commits. You may want to increase testing on these features or
postpone their release.
For more details, see "Identify risky commits and features at risk" on
page 210.
Note: Charts and graphs based on test runs display only the following summarized run
statuses: Passed, Failed, Planned, and Blocked. Each individual, native test run status falls
into one of these categories. This is for clarity of analysis.
Example:
Feature: Shopping Cart
To track product quality, use the same tests. Group them in the context of an application module,
such as product navigation:
Example:
Application module: Navigation
You can also use the tests for other functional areas:
Example:
Application module: Navigation
In doing this, you change from testing release quality to testing product quality.
Quality module, View test run results by adding different widgets, including:
Overview tab and
l Open defects by application module
Dashboard module
l Run status by application module
Example:
1. Add tags to your pipeline runs that describe different reasons for pipeline run failure.
For example,
l Database problem
l Broken builds
l Out of memory
l Merge issues
2. Use the Pipeline runs by failure type widget to see how many of your pipeline runs are
failing for each reason you listed.
A custom graph based on the item type Test runs displays only the tests' last runs.
To create a graph that includes automated test runs from the past, select the Item type: Test run
history (automated).
l The graph displays the number of automated test runs per category. The Y Axis is set to Count
and you configure in the category in the X Axis. For example, you can see the number of runs
per pipeline, environment, or release.
l To view the list of test runs, click a column or category in the graph.
Filter the graph by Pipeline run to see the automated test runs from specific pipeline runs.
Caution: If you filter based on Latest pipeline run, you can filter by Pipeline as well, but do
not filter by Pipeline Run.
l You can open an individual pipeline or pipeline run to learn more about its status, its run
history, related code changes, affected application modules, and more.
You can also find analytic information about failed tests and tools to help you analyze failures.
For details, see "Run pipelines" on page 175.
Feature Quality
Status
Open defects by
severity
Features by risky
commits
This enables Mark to
recommend further
regression testing
before finishing the
release.
Quality by
application module
See also:
l "Quality management" on page 146
l "Backlog management" on page 100
l "Use the ALM Octane Dashboard" on the next page
Tip: Perform similar analysis in the Quality and Backlog modules, in the Overview tab and
in the Pipelines module's main page.
Also, with OData support, you can generate sophisticated reports that directly access ALM
Octane entities. For details, see "OData support for extended reporting (technical
preview)" on page 452.
Customize the graphs, including the type of data reported, the scope and time frame, and the
widget groups and displays the data.
You can also configure how you want to view widgets and save different widgets as favorites.
Tip: Don't know exactly which widget to use? Read the description of the widget to
see which questions this widget helps you answer.
3. Click Add to Dashboard. ALM Octane adds the widget at the bottom of the dashboard.
4. Repeat as necessary to suit your needs.
5. In the toolbar, click the Configure layout button and select the necessary layout. Drag
and drop widgets as needed.
ALM Octane maintains the specific widgets and layout between sessions.
2. In the General tab, select the graph type and update the name and description as needed.
3. In the Scope tab, define the scope of the data to display, including:
l Workspace
The workspaces from which ALM Octane should compile the graph's data. To use this
field, the workspace must be associated with a shared space.
Enterprise edition: Using this field, you can define dashboard widgets that display cross-
workspace information.
Choose All my workspaces to compile data from all workspaces in which I am a member.
The Workspace field is not supported for agile graphs, including the Burn Up, Burn Down,
and Cumulative Flow graphs.
l Item type
l Release
4. For trend-based graphs (Status over time), specify a time frame:
last <time period>" up to now. For example, the "Last week" means the
previous week until now.
Note: When using trend based graphs (for example, Burn Up or Burn Down charts), if
one of the sprints includes a day with a clock change, the graph tooltips exclude the
day, week, or month with the time change. The excluded period depends on the scope
you set in the graph configuration.
For example, if a sprint includes the day the clock switches for Daylight Savings time,
the tooltips exclude this day, week, or month.
5. In the Scope tab, define conditions for filtering dashboard widgets. For details, see Filter
items.
If you select more than one workspace in the Workspaces field, filters display the fields
common to all selected workspaces. Certain reference fields (such as Application Modules or
Features) are not available for use in cross-workspace graph filters.
If you update the workspaces that are selected or open the same graph in a different
workspace, ALM Octane clears the existing filters.
6. In the Display tab, set the display options, including what to display on the x-axis and y-axis
of the graph, and how to group the displayed data. Use the following options:
Double Display a widget in an extra-long vertical format. By default, grids are displayed
height as double-height.
fields correspond with the x-axis and group-by fields of graphs. If you select
a field that cannot be used for sorting, an informational message appears in
a tooltip next to the field name.
l On some grids (depending on source type), you can drill down into the grid
Include In some graphs, to include data from features or application modules with no
empty associated or assigned items, select the Include empty columns in graph
columns option.
Show Counts all status changes in a given time-frame, and not only the final state of
trend of each entity. For example, suppose you want to see how many defects were
changes opened and closed in each day, giving you a picture of overall trend. You can
use the Defect daily injection graph to see how many defects were opened and
closed by your team, over a two-week period.
7. Click Save. ALM Octane updates the graph according to your selections.
View more For the different sections in a graph, hover over the section to see a tooltip with
details details:
Open Click on a section of a graph to display and drill down on the items referenced in
referenced the sections of the graph:
items
If you click on a section of a graph compiled from more than one workspace:
l If the item is from the current workspace, it opens in the same tab.
l If the item is from a different workspace, it opens in a separate tab.
Hide/Show Click an item in the widget's legend to show or hide data in the widget.
data
Example: In the widget on the left, we clicked New and Ready for R&D to hide
features that are not yet ready to be documented. On the right, the items are
hidden, and you can see that the widget items are not selected.
Read For trend-based graphs, drag the mouse along the trend line to see a period-by-
values period detail:
along the
timeline
Export For certain graphs, click the menu button and select Export report. ALM Octane
items to uses the items highlighted in the graph and downloads them in an Excel file.
an Excel
file
Export To export a widget as an image, click the menu button and select Export image.
image ALM Octane downloads the graph as an image file.
Note that Internet Explorer is not supported.
See also:
l "Analysis and reporting" on page 282
l "Analyze release progress" on page 143
l "Analyze application area quality" on page 157
Overview
This diagram displays the tools that ALM Octane integrates with at each stage of your
application's lifecycle.
To configure some of these integrations and use these tools, DevOps permissions are required.
IDE integrations
Work with ALM Octane from within your development IDE.
Integration How?
IntelliJ See "Work in IntelliJ IDEA" on page 433.
Microsoft Visual Studio See "Work in the Microsoft Visual Studio IDE " on page 448.
For a feature support matrix, see "Functionality supported by IDE integrations" on page 304.
TFS Git
GoCD Git
The following functionality is available only if you use Git or SVN:
l Repository information for commits.
l Links to diff and file repository viewers for changed files.
Plugins for Jenkins, TeamCity, Bamboo, TFS, and GoCD are available online. For Jenkins, this
functionality is part of the Application Automation Tools plugin.
For a list of functionalities supported by each CI server integration, see "Functionality supported
by CI integrations" on page 302.
For other CI servers, build your own plugin in Java using the CI Plugin SDK for ALM Octane
available on GitHub.
Integration How?
Micro Focus testing tools: LeanFT, UFT, Use the Pipelines module in ALM Octane and
LoadRunner, StormRunner Load, integrate with your CI server.
StormRunner Functional, Performance
ALM Octane receives testing tool test run
Center
results from the pipeline runs.
See "Automated testing flow (pipelines)" on
page 226.
ALM test result tracking Via the ALM Test Result Collection Tool
See "Send automated test run results to ALM
Octane" on page 271.
Integration How?
Sprinter Run ALM Octane manual tests in Sprinter.
See "Run and edit manual tests in Sprinter" on
page 256.
Third-party testing tools and frameworks, Via pipelines, using an ALM Octane CI plugin.
such as Selenium, NUnit, JUnit, and TestNG.
See "Set up CI servers" on page 403.
Integration How?
Fortify on Set up integration with Fortify on Demand, enabling each ALM Octane pipeline
Demand run to display the new security vulnerabilities found on that run. For details, see
"Set up security testing integration" on page 427.
Fortify The Fortify BugTracker Utility enables you to open security defects on ALM
Octane directly from Fortify. For details, see the Micro Focus Fortify Marketplace
page.
Integration How?
ALM defect, Via ALM Octane Synchronizer
requirement, and
See "Synchronize ALM Octane with ALM or JIRA" on page 343.
release
synchronization
Integration How?
Slack Add your ALM Octane workspace to a Slack workspace and open
Slack channels from within backlog items or pipeline run failures. See
"Set up Slack" on page 430.
Integration How?
AppPulse Configure ALM Octane as a defect management tool in AppPulse Mobile, and
Mobile log defects on ALM Octane directly from AppPulse Mobile. For details, see the
AppPulse Mobile documentation.
Integration How?
Other third-party applications or CI REST API, OData, and SDKs. For details, see the
servers Developer Help.
See also:
l "DevOps integrations" on page 403
l "IDE integrations" on page 432
Hierarchy in Topology
See also:
l "Set up CI servers" on page 403
l "ALM Octane DevOps integrations" on page 298
Visual
Functionality IntelliJ Eclipse
Studio
Requirement synchronization
Task synchronization
Run synchronization
Add comments
Visual
Functionality IntelliJ Eclipse
Studio
Auto-generate a commit message prefix with the
item ID
The prefix is Copy and Copy and
added paste the paste the
automatically prefix in prefix in
to the the commit the commit
commit message message
message
See also:
l "IDE integrations" on page 432
l "ALM Octane DevOps integrations" on page 298
Topic Description
"Set up API access" Grant access to ALM Octane by other applications by creating
below registered access keys for these applications.
Overview
Applications that need authentication include:
l The ALM Octane CI and Application Automation Tools plugins. For details, see "Obtain
API Access. Ask your space admin for an API access Client ID and Client secret. The plugin uses
these for authentication when communicating with ALM Octane. " on page 407.
l The interactive API client.
l Other 3rd party applications and APIs that need to integrate with ALM Octane, such as those
Tip: ALM Octane generates each secret key once only, and the secret key cannot be
retrieved later. If a new secret key is needed, revoke the Access key, and then
regenerate access. For details, see "Revoke API access" on page 309 and "Regenerate
API access" on page 309.
Integration types
When providing API access to applications, integration types are automatically assigned to each
application. The default integration type is 3rd-party integration. Other integration types may be
assigned, based on the roles you assign to the application.
When viewing the list of applications that have been granted API access in the grid, you can see
each application's integration type, but you cannot modify the type.
Integration
type Description Role
CI/CD This type enables CI/CD servers such as Jenkins and TeamCity to CI/CD
Integration integrate with ALM Octane. Integration
This integration connects with ALM Octane on the shared space
level. It can access any workspace on which the CI/CD Integration
role is assigned.
3rd-party This type enables 3rd-party applications to freely integrate with Any role
Integration ALM Octane. You can use this integration type as a default, and can be
define roles, to get exactly the access the application needs. assigned
This integration operates on any workspace or space.
Integration The Integration Bridge for ALM Octane is a component installed Integration
Bridge on the customer system to mediate between ALM Octane and Bridge
applications located behind firewalls, enabling two-way
communication between the two.
This type enables the communication between the Integration
Bridge and ALM Octane.
This integration operates on the space level.
For details on how to install and configure the bridge, see "Set up
the Integration Bridge Agent" on page 311.
SaaS: For details on having ALM Octane Support install and
configure an Integration Bridge for you, see "Synchronization
overview" on page 344.
Caution: The name of the API access key can include only English characters.
4. Select the roles for the applications to use when accessing ALM Octane. For a description of
each role, see "Predefined roles" on page 533.
Note: For API access keys used for CI server integration, you must assign the CI/CD
Integration role. These keys are used by the plugins that support CI integration, and
when using the REST API to manage pipelines.
For API access keys used by the Integration Bridge, you must assign the Integration
Bridge role. This role does not require selecting a workspace.
For each role, select all of the relevant workspaces. If additional relevant workspaces are
created later, you will need to manually assign them.
You can select more than one role by clicking Add role to assign.
5. Click Add.
l A dialog displays with a Client ID and a Client secret.
Click Copy to copy these keys to the clipboard so you can use them when configuring the
applications that need to access ALM Octane.
Click OK.
l The access ID is added to the grid. Note that its status is active .
Caution: The name of the API access key can include only English characters.
You can also modify the list of roles and workspaces that this set of keys can access.
Revoke API access
1. In Settings , click Spaces and then select the space.
2. In the API Access tab, select the row with the access you want to revoke.
SaaS: You cannot revoke or delete access for service access keys, such as Bridge service or
Synchronizer Service. You can, however, regenerate service access keys.
3. Click Revoke access. The access is revoked immediately and is displayed in the Active
column.
You can regenerate access if necessary. See "Regenerate API access" below.
Regenerate API access
1. In Settings , click Spaces and then select the space.
2. In the API Access tab, select the row of the access that was revoked or needs to be
regenerated.
3. Click Regenerate access.
l A dialog displays with a newly-registered Client secret for the selected Client ID.
Click Copy to copy these keys to the clipboard so you can use them when configuring the
applications that need to access ALM Octane.
Click OK.
l The access ID is added to the grid. Note that its status is active .
See also:
l "Assign roles and permissions" on page 529
Set up credentials
Some applications require credentials. ALM Octane can supply these credentials when calling
these applications from a Trigger Webhook rule. You define the credentials in Settings.
In this topic:
l "Overview" on the next page
l "Add credentials" on the next page
l "Delete credentials" on the next page
Overview
Admins can define credentials so that ALM Octane can send requests to applications that require
basic authentication. These credentials can be used as part of a Trigger webhook rule.
Add credentials
1. In Settings , select Spaces and select the space or the workspace.
2. In the Credentials tab, click +.
3. Provide an appropriate name for the credentials.
4. Enter the username and the password for accessing the application.
5. Click Add.
When credentials are used, such as by Trigger webhook rules, IN USE is updated.
Delete credentials
1. In Settings , click Spaces and then select the space or workspace.
2. In the Credentials tab, select the row with the credentials you want to delete.
3. Verify that the credentials are not in use by reviewing the IN USE column. If you delete
credentials that are in use, rules using these credentials will be invalid and won't run.
See also:
l "Trigger Webhook" on page 571
l "Trigger webhooks for other applications" on page 581
Synchronization
This section provides instructions for synchronizing ALM Octane with external applications.
Topic Description
"Set up the Install the Integration Bridge Agent on your system to enable ALM
Integration Bridge Octane to integrate with external applications. This is required for
Agent" on the next synchronization, and can also be used for Trigger Webhook rules.
page
Topic Description
"Synchronize ALM Synchronize your ALM Octane workspaces with your ALM or JIRA
Octane with ALM or projects to view and update your releases, backlog, and defects in both
JIRA" on page 343 endpoints.
Tip: For ease of reading, we are using the term Integration Bridge to refer to the
Integration Bridge Agent. For instructions on installing the Integration Bridge Server,
refer to the Synchronizer Installation Guide , which can be accessed from the "Installation
guides" on page 465 page.
In this topic:
l "Synchronization" below
l "Trigger Webhook rules" on the next page
l "Integration Bridge Agent system requirements" on the next page
Synchronization
You can synchronize ALM Octane workspaces with ALM or JIRA projects to view and update
your releases, requirements, and defects in both endpoints. For details, see "Synchronize ALM
Octane with ALM or JIRA" on page 343.
l Synchronizing with ALM on SaaS: Contact your SaaS operator and request setup of the
Integration Bridge between ALM Octane and your ALM instance.
l Synchronizing with JIRA/On-Premises ALM: To enable synchronization, you need to first
install the Synchronizer as described in the Synchronizer Installation Guide . This is included in
the Synchronizer installation package, from Micro Focus download sites. After you configure
the Synchronizer, install and configure the Integration Bridge Agent as described in the
following sections.
You also need to contact your space admin and get API access keys (Settings > Spaces > API
Access).
Note: To verify if the required Synchronizer services are enabled for a specific tenant,
look at the tenant’s details within Settings > Site. If the services are enabled, you will see
a version number in the Bridge service and Synchronizer service columns.
Memory (RAM) 8 GB
Note:
l The Integration Bridge Agent must be installed to a path named only with ASCII
characters.
l We recommend not installing the Integration Bridge Agent on the same Linux server as
ALM or JIRA, or ALM Octane (if installed on-premises). Installing the Integration Bridge
Agent on the same server as one of these would cause severe competition for the same
resources, impacting stability and performance.
l On Windows, the installation includes both the Integration Bridge Agent application,
and the corresponding service.
On Linux, if you install the Integration Bridge Agent as a root user, the installation
includes the service as well.
If you install the bridge using a non-root user, you will need to manually install the
service as a root user.
Prerequisites
l The user installing the Integration Bridge needs to have the following ALM Octane roles:
l Shared spaced admin
l Synchronizer admin. Assign this role on the Site > Users or Workspace > Users configuration
page.
l Linux: The user installing the Integration Bridge needs to have R/W permissions to the /tmp
system folder.
l Obtain a client ID and secret to enter during the Integration Bridge installation. The bridge uses
these credentials to access ALM Octane.
On the Settings Spaces > API Access page, add API Access keys for an Integration Bridge
client. For details, see "Create API access keys" on page 308.
ALM Octane generates a client ID and secret for the bridge.
Check the Advanced settings checkbox, and click one of the download links on the right of the
pane (either Windows or Linux).
On the link configuration page that opens, do one of the following:
Installation Instruction
If this is the first time you are In the checklist, click the link in the second step to
installing the bridge download the bridge, according to your operating system.
If you are installing an Select More Actions > Download Integration Bridge, and
additional bridge or select the relevant download according to your operating
performing an upgrade system.
l A configuration file (server-connection.conf) containing the URL and shared space ID that
the bridge will use to connect to ALM Octane. Note that this URL must end with /opb,
which is the entry point for the Integration Bridge.
l Linux: An integrity verifier (.bin.sig file), used for signature verification when packaging
Note:
l The Integration Bridge must be installed to a path named only with ASCII
characters, and must not contain consecutive spaces.
l If you select the Modify an Existing Instance option, the bridge you select is
uninstalled. After uninstalling, run the installation again to install a new instance.
Tip: Linux:
Shared Space ID This is automatically populated in the installer based on the server
(Read only) from where the bridge agent is downloaded.
Client ID and The client ID and secret with the Integration Bridge role, that
Client Secret ALM Octane generated on the Integration > API page.
fields
Proxy server If you will be using a proxy server to access ALM Octane, select
Use proxy server.
Enter details for the proxy server and the user who will be logging
into the proxy server:
o Host. A valid address for the proxy server.
Tip: On Windows:
You can click Test Connection to verify that the bridge can connect to ALM
Octane.
After you enter this information, the connection to ALM Octane is tested. If the test fails,
you can reenter the connection settings or continue the bridge installation and modify the
credentials later.
l In the step for configuring the Integration Bridge service, accept the default service name
and port number, or modify as needed.
Tip: If you install multiple bridges, use a name that will help you associate the
service with the corresponding bridge.
Linux: The service name must contain only ASCII characters, and must not contain square
brackets ([ ]).
5. When the installation is finished, the Installation complete message is displayed.
<Bridge_installation_directory>/product/bin/HPEIntegrationBridge.sh install
7. If you selected the Run credentials manager and define credentials for synchronizer links
option at the end of the installation, the Endpoint Credentials Manager opens.
l Synchronization . Define credentials for connecting to ALM or JIRA, as described in
Note: You must configure ALM or JIRA credentials before you configure your
links.
If the credentials manager does not open automatically, you can open it manually
or configure the credentials using the CLI. For details, see "Manage connection
setup" on page 320.
In ALM Octane, the new bridge is identified within a few moments. If you do not see your
new bridge, refresh the page. From there, click Create synchronization links to start
creating your links.
l Trigger webhook. To enable the Trigger webhook rule, do not enter more credentials.
Close the Endpoint Credentials Manager application, and define the Trigger webhook rule
action as described in "Set up rules" on page 568.
Note: You may need to repeat this command for the rest of the certificate chain, using
a different alias each time.
Password encryption
Passwords for connecting to endpoints are encrypted and saved on the customer's machine,
preventing credentials from being transferred to another machine.
The encryption method uses keys that are randomly generated during installation. The bridge
uses AES 128 as the main encryption method.
Security recommendations
Security recommendations
Download sources Do not download the Integration Bridge installation file or updates
from unknown sources.
Integration Bridge Deploy the Integration Bridge in an isolated network, with a firewall
network between the bridge and the target on-premises application.
l Port 443 must be open for communication with ALM Octane.
l Additional ports may be required to be opened for internal
communications with other on-premises applications.
Integration Bridge By default, the Integration Bridge service runs using the Windows
permissions Local System service user.
Windows only To increase system security, assign a simple Windows user to run
the Integration Bridge.
l Install the Integration Bridge in a folder other than the Program
Files folder. This will enable you to grant the simple user
permissions on the Integration Bridge installation folder.
l Grant the user full permissions (Read/Write/Execute) on the
installation folder.
l Grant the user permissions to manage the Integration Bridge
Windows service.
l Open the Windows Service Manager, modify the HPE Integration
Bridge service to run using the simple user's account and then
restart the service.
Security recommendations
Integration Bridge The Integration Bridge runs using the permissions of the Linux user
permissions that installed it, and this user will have full read, write, and execute
permissions on all of the folders and files installed with the bridge.
Linux only
Therefore, you may want to consider installing the Integration
Bridge as a non-root user. If you do:
1. We recommend creating a dedicated user for managing the
Integration Bridge. Use this user to install the bridge, and to
manage the bridge activation manually when necessary.
2. Protect the following files by changing their owner to root:
l <Integration Bridge
installation>/product/bin/HPEIntegrationBridge.sh
l <Integration Bridge
installation>/product/conf/wrapper.properties
Installing multiple If you install multiple bridges, we recommend that you use a
Integration Bridges separate set of ALM Octane credentials (client ID and secret) for
each bridge.
Integration Bridge The ALM Octane user with the Integration Bridge role should not
user have any other additional roles.
Note:
You must set credentials before synchronizing entities between ALM Octane and ALM or
JIRA, and modify them later on if these credentials change.
If the Endpoint Credentials Manager application does not open automatically, or if you need to
modify credentials again later:
On Windows: The Endpoint Credentials Manager application is installed together with the
Integration Bridge. Locate the application in Windows and run it manually.
On Linux: Navigate to the <Bridge_installation_directory>/product/util/opb directory.
l If your system supports GUI, run the following script to open the application manually:
credentials_mng_ui.sh
l Otherwise, run the following script to modify the credentials using the console: credentials_
mng_console.sh
Field Description
Display The name used to identify this particular credentials record when
name configuring a link in ALM Octane.
Note: Alternatively, set credentials using the Endpoint Credentials Manager. For details,
see "Manage connection setup" on page 320.
On Windows On Linux
As an administrator, or as a user with As a root user, or as the user who installed
permissions to run the Integration Bridge: the Integration Bridge:
1. Open the <Bridge_installation_ 1. Navigate to the <Bridge_installation_
directory>\product\util\opb directory. directory>/product/util/opb directory.
2. Run the credentials_mng_console.bat file. 2. Run the credentials_mng_console.sh file.
The credentials_mng_console tool supports the following commands:
list
Lists available credential records for connecting to ALM or JIRA from the Integration Bridge.
Usage
Parameters
-endpoint <ENDPOINT Endpoint type name, such as an ALM or JIRA version (optional).
TYPE>
This type name must be a value available in the
"listEndpointTypes" command.
Sample Results
======================
ID : 9460b7
Password : ******
Parameters :
Key | Value
-----------
sample.secret.property | ******
sample.url.property | 123
listEndpointTypes
Lists available ALM or JIRA endpoint types accessible to the Integration Bridge, such as ALM or
JIRA versions. You can filter the endpoints by type name.
Usage
Parameters
Sample Results
Endpoint types :
1. alm
listCredentialIds
Lists all ALM or JIRA credential record IDs and the ALM or JIRA endpoint type related to each
credential ID.
Usage
Parameters
-endpoint <ENDPOINT Endpoint type name, such as the ALM or JIRA version (optional).
TYPE>
This type name must be a value available in the
"listEndpointTypes" command.
Sample Results
Name | ID :
====================
Name | ID :
Name | ID :
====================
Name | ID :
listEndpointTypeParams
Lists the specific parameters required for saving credentials for each ALM or JIRA endpoint type.
Usage
Parameters
-endpoint <ENDPOINT Endpoint type name, such as an ALM or JIRA version (optional).
TYPE>
This type name must be a value available in the
"listEndpointTypes" command.
Sample Results
======================
Output format:
Parameter:
Label:
Description:
Mandatory:
--------------------------------------------
Parameter: sample.url.property
Mandatory: true
Parameter: sample.secret.property
Mandatory: false
create
Creates a credentials record for accessing ALM or JIRA from the Integration Bridge.
Usage
Parameters
Tip: On Linux:
endpoint=<ENDPOINT TYPE>
name=<NAME>
user=<USER>
pass=<PASSWORD>
customParam1=value1
customParam2=value2
Sample Results
endpoint=<ENDPOINT TYPE>
name=<NAME>
customParam1=value1
customParam2=value2
update
Updates an existing credentials record for accessing ALM or JIRA from the Integration Bridge.
Usage
Usage example
Parameters
Tip: On Linux:
delete
Deletes an ALM or JIRA credential record.
Note: You cannot delete a single parameter from a credential record. You can only delete
an entire credential record.
Usage
Parameters
-endpoint <ENDPOINT Endpoint type name, such as the ALM or JIRA version.
TYPE>
This type name must be a value available in the
"listEndpointTypes" command.
help
Provides help for the current command when configuring ALM or JIRA credentials for the
Integration Bridge.
Usage
credentials_mng_console help
Note:
Example
setProxy=true
proxyHost=123.45.6.7
proxyPort=1234
proxyUser=
proxyPass=
Example
setProxy=true
proxyHost=123.45.6.7
proxyPort=1234
proxyUser=MyUserName
proxyPass=MyPassword
Tip: If authentication fails, verify that the contents of the proxy.properties file are
syntactically correct and contain valid values.
Note: If you are not a space admin on your ALM Octane system, have your admin add the
Integration Bridge client and provide you with the generated client ID and secret .
setAuth
Sets credentials for connecting to ALM Octane from the Integration Bridge.
Usage
Parameters
-secret <SECRET> The secret for the client that is connecting to ALM Octane.
help
Provides help for the current command when configuring ALM Octane credentials for the
Integration Bridge.
Usage
bridgeAuthentication help
On Windows On Linux
As an administrator, or as a user with As a root user, or as the user who installed
permissions to run the Integration Bridge: the Integration Bridge:
Note:
l Set proxy server credentials only if the credentials change from when you first installed
the Integration Bridge.
l After making any changes, restart the Integration Bridge. For details, see "Start and
stop the Integration Bridge" on page 334.
setAddress
Sets a host and port for accessing ALM Octane through a proxy server.
Usage
Parameters
removeProxyConfiguration
Configures the Integration Bridge to access ALM Octane without a proxy server.
Usage
proxyConfiguration removeProxyConfiguration
setAuth
Saves credentials for connecting to a proxy server, when accessing ALM Octane through a proxy
server.
Usage
Parameters
-user <USER NAME> The name of the user connecting to the proxy server.
-pass <PASSWORD> The password of the user connecting the proxy server.
removeAuth
Deletes a set of credentials previously used to connect to ALM Octane through a proxy server.
Usage
proxyConfiguration removeAuth
help
Provides help for the current command when configuring access to ALM Octane through a proxy
server.
Usage
proxyConfiguration help
No authentication √ √
On Perform this procedure as a user with permissions to run the Integration Bridge.
Windows:
On Linux: Perform this procedure as a root user, or as the user who installed the
Integration Bridge.
Note:
l The Integration Bridge service is installed as part of the Integration Bridge installation,
unless you performed the installation on Linux as a non-root user. In this case you must
manually install the Integration Bridge service as a root user:
<Bridge_installation_directory>/product/bin/HPEIntegrationBridge.sh
install
l The bridge must be running for ALM Octane to communicate with on-premises
applications such as ALM or JIRA.
l If you have upgraded your ALM projects, you’ll need to restart the bridge manually
after upgrade to continue synchronizing data between ALM or JIRA and ALM Octane.
Stop the bridge Search or browse for, and select the StopHPEIntegration
Bridge application.
On Windows On Linux
Task Command
Start the bridge HPEIntegrationBridge start
Task Description
Remove the bridge In ALM Octane:
from the ALM a. Verify that the bridge has no links configured. If there are
Octane user any existing links, remove them:
interface (optional)
Select the link in the tree and then select More Actions >
Remove.
b. Select the bridge name and either select Remove Bridge from
the context menu, or select More Actions > Remove.
When you uninstall the Integration Bridge, properties customized in the server-connection.conf
file are deleted. The information in the server-connection.conf file is backed up in the server-
connection.bak file.
Note: Uninstalling as a root user ensures a clean removal of both the Integration
Bridge application and the Integration Bridge service.
During the uninstall process, do not select Remove credentials. When you install the
upgraded version, you can use the existing credentials.
Properties customized in the server-connection.conf file are deleted. The information in the
server-connection.conf file is backed up in the server-connection.bak file. Use this file when you
install the upgraded version.
For more details, see "Upgrade the Integration Bridge" below.
Upgrade process
1. Download and install the new version of the Integration Bridge. For details, see "Download
and install the Integration Bridge Agent" on page 313.
2. Open <New Integration Bridge installation directory>\product\domain, and copy the alm
and jira folders.
3. Paste them in <Old Integration Bridge installation directory>\product\domain, replacing the
old alm and jira folders there.
The new bridge is installed in place of the existing one and then enabled. Any previous
configuration settings and security certificates are retained.
Email notifications are sent at the beginning and end of the upgrade. Upgrade notifications are
sent to the Synchronizer Admin users that you specify on the bridge's Notification tab
(Synchronizer configuration page). For details, see the ALM Octane Synchronization Guide .
Both upgrade methods retain the configured endpoint credentials.
When performing a manual upgrade, if your Integration Bridge communicates with ALM Octane,
ALM or JIRA using a certificate that is not signed by a well-known Certificate Authority, you need
to reinstall the certificate after upgrading the bridge. For details, see "Connections using a
certificate that is not signed by a well-known Certificate Authority" on page 318.
2. Download the new version of the Integration Bridge from the Synchronizer > Link
Configuration page.
Select More Actions > Download Integration Bridge, and select the relevant download
according to your operating system.
3. Extract the downloaded zip file (hpe-integration-bridge-windows.zip or hpe-integration-
bridge-linux.zip) to a new folder.
4. Copy values from the previous installation to the new installation. Do the following:
a. In the installation directory of the previous version, access the \product\conf\server-
connection.bak file. (On a Linux system, reverse the slashes in the path.)
b. In a parallel window, browse to the server-connection.conf file downloaded with the new
version of the Integration Bridge, and open it for editing.
c. Copy the agent.guid property and its value from the previous installation file, and
append it to the new file. Save the new file.
5. Run the newly downloaded hpe-integration-bridge.exe (Windows) or hpe-integration-
bridge.bin (Linux) to begin the installation.
During the installation, select the installation folder that was used for the previous version.
For more details, see "Download and install the Integration Bridge Agent" on page 313.
2. Download the new version of the Integration Bridge from the Synchronizer > Link
Configuration page.
Select More Actions > Download Integration Bridge, and select the relevant download
according to your operating system.
o key.bin
c. In the installation directory of the previous version, access the \product\conf\server-
connection.bak file. (On a Linux system, reverse the slashes in the path.)
d. In a parallel window, browse to the server-connection.conf file downloaded with the new
version of the Integration Bridge, and open it for editing.
e. Copy the agent.guid property and its value from the previous installation file, and
append it to the new file. Save the new file.
5. Run the hpe-integration-bridge.exe (Windows) or hpe-integration-bridge.bin (Linux) to
begin the installation.
During the installation, select the directory where you want to install the new version.
For more details, see "Download and install the Integration Bridge Agent" on page 313.
page 343
l "On-premises: Download of the Integration Bridge Agent fails after 20 minutes" on page 343
If the bridge does not appear on the Synchronizer or Link Configuration page in ALM Octane
after installation is complete, click Refresh, or refresh the browser page.
l If the bridge still does not appear, make sure the bridge is running. For details, see "Start and
stop the Integration Bridge" on page 334.
The Integration Bridge service attempts to start the bridge several times. If it is not successful,
the application shuts down and the service stops.
l If the bridge does not start, make sure the value of the Drmi.server.port in the <installation
folder>\product\log\controller\wrapper.log file is set to an available port.
l If the defined port is in use by another application when the Integration Bridge service
attempts to start the bridge, the following errors are printed to log files:
In the wrapper log file java.rmi.server.ExportException: Port already in use:
<port>
Integration Bridge remains Offline even after stopping and starting the bridge
If the connection status of your bridge is displayed as Offline in ALM Octane, try restarting the
bridge. For details, see "Start and stop the Integration Bridge" on page 334.
Additionally, check the <Endpoint type name>.log file located in the <Bridge_installation_
directory>\product\log\<Endpoint type name> directory.
l If ALM or JIRA is configured to require HTTPS for logging in, configure the bridge to connect
Note: For security purposes, the Integration Bridge user should not have any additional
roles.
l The field might be mandatory in ALM or JIRA only when other fields contain certain values.
Solution:
Map the field to an ALM Octane field that contains a value, or manually enter a value in ALM
Octane for the relevant field.
How do I modify the URL that the Integration Bridge uses to connect to ALM Octane?
The URL that the Integration Bridge uses to connect to ALM Octane is downloaded from ALM
Octane with the Integration Bridge. In most cases, you should not need to modify this URL.
If the URL for your ALM Octane changed, or if your system administrator designated a different
ALM Octane node to handle synchronization, do the following:
1. Navigate to the <Integration Bridge installation folder>\product\conf folder (on Linux,
reverse the slashes).
2. Open the server-connection.conf file for editing.
3. Update the server.base.url property with the new URL.
Format: http(s)://<server hostname or IP address>:<port number>/opb
Tip: If you can login to the ALM Octane that you want the Integration Bridge to use,
login and then use the URL from your address bar. Take the URL from the beginning
up to /opb. Ignore the rest.
Synchronization overview
ALM Octane Synchronizer enables administrators to configure synchronization between ALM
Octane and ALM or JIRA from the ALM Octane settings area.
Synchronization steps
This section lists the steps involved in setting up synchronization.
Prerequisites
Before you begin, perform the following prerequisite steps. These steps need to be performed
once for every ALM or JIRA instance.
l ALM <-> ALM Octane 1. Install the Synchronizer as described in the Synchronizer
on premises Installation Guide. This is included in the Synchronizer
l JIRA <-> ALM Octane installation package, from Micro Focus download sites.
on SaaS 2. After you configure the Synchronizer, you need to install and
l JIRA <-> ALM Octane configure the Integration Bridge, as described here: "Set up
on premises the Integration Bridge Agent" on page 311.
Synchronization workflow
Working with ALM Octane Synchronizer involves the following steps:
Step Description
"Prepare for Make recommended modifications to your ALM or JIRA project and
ALM synchronization" ALM Octane workspace to ensure smooth synchronization.
on page 348
"Prepare for JIRA
synchronization" on
page 355
Step Description
"Step 2: Define the Create favorites for ALM Octane Synchronizer to use when looking
synchronization scope" for new records in ALM, JIRA, or ALM Octane.
on page 361
If no favorite is configured, all records are considered for
synchronization.
You can perform this step before setting up ALM Octane
Synchronizer, or come back and do it later.
"Step 3: Create a Use the wizard to help you define your connection data to ALM or
synchronization link" on JIRA, the favorites used to filter data, and the directions in which
page 363 the endpoints are updated.
"Step 4: View and edit Check the mappings and settings that were created automatically
link configuration" on for your link, and make any adjustments necessary.
page 370
"Step 7: Review link Review the status of your links and investigate any errors that may
summaries and error have occurred during synchronization.
details" on page 395
You can view the run history for a specific link in the Run History
tab.
See also:
l "Synchronize ALM Octane with ALM or JIRA" on page 343
l "Link status reference" on page 397
Later, map these corresponding fields in the link's Field Mapping tab. For details, see "Edit field
mapping" on page 376.
To synchronize only a subset of the requirements or releases in your ALM project, you can specify
an alternate root folder in the synchronization link.
Note: If you use both favorites and alternate root folders, Synchronizer considers the
alternate root folder before the favorites.
In the ALM project's tree, create a sub-folder that contains only the requirements or releases that
you want to synchronize. This sub-folder can also include additional sub-folders.
For details on defining the alternate root folder in your synchronization link, see "Optional
(ALM only): Define an alternate root folder (requirement and release links)" on page 368.
l Synchronized requirements are not located in the correct location in the ALM hierarchy. For
example, if a feature requirement is located under a user story requirement in the ALM
requirement tree.
l You change a requirement's type after it was synchronized.
Note: You can include requirements of type Folder in your hierarchy. These are
considered requirement sub-folders. Folder type requirements are not synchronized,
but the requirements they contain are synchronized.
l Create a new User Story requirement type in ALM to represent user stories.
2. Create or modify the requirement tree with a maximum of three levels (representing epics,
features, and user stories).
l Requirements synchronized with epics must be at the top of the hierarchy.
l Requirements synchronized with user stories can be under features, or at the top level,
l ALM Performance and Testing requirements >> ALM Octane user stories.
After synchronizing:
l The requirements ALM Group 001 (epic) and ALM Group 002 (epic) are created on ALM
Octane as two sibling epics under the root of the ALM Octane backlog tree.
l The requirement ALM Functional 002 (feature) is created as a feature under the epic ALM
The data from the dominant endpoint is then used for all release entities, overriding any data in
the other endpoint.
If... Then...
l You have a current ALM release named l The two releases are mapped.
Release_1.3, as well as a current l All data in the ALM release Release_1.3 is
ALM Octane release named Release_1.3 overwritten by the data in the ALM Octane
l You define ALM Octane as the dominant release Release_1.3.
endpoint for the release link fields (in the
Field Mapping tab)
l You select the Map pairs of new releases
or sprints found with identical names
option in the Rules tab
If... Then...
l You have: The ALM release is not relevant for mapping,
An ALM release named Release_1.3, because it is too far in the past.
whose end date is July 20, 2017. However, synchronizing Release_1.3 to ALM
An ALM Octane release named Release_ fails because it tries to create a release on
1.3. whose end date is July 30, 2017. ALM with a name that already exists.
l You define ALM Octane as the dominant
endpoint for the release link fields (in the
Field Mapping tab)
l You select Synchronize past releases. End
date can be this date or later: July 25,
2017.
l You select the Map pairs of new releases
or sprints found with identical names
option in the Rules tab.
Tip: Alternatively, when editing your link, map the ALM Octane
Application module field to the ALM Product field.
Tip: You may want to create an additional user-defined field to distinguish between
entities created directly in ALM and those synchronized from ALM Octane.
To do so, create a field in ALM named Creation Method. Later, when you are mapping
fields, assign a constant value of created by ALM Octane Synchronizer. For details about
assigning constant values, see "Edit field mapping" on page 376.
Note: Avoid special characters (~!@#$%()^&) in attachment names, as these may cause
unexpected behavior during synchronization.
See also:
l "Step 1: Define a Synchronizer Admin user" on page 361
l "Synchronization steps" on page 345
Note: The authentication to JIRA REST API is done through basic authentication, based
on the capabilities provided by JIRA. The integration user that is used in the
synchronization must have minimal permissions to perform the required operations.
In this topic:
l "Create mandatory entities in ALM Octane and JIRA" on the next page
l "Create optional entities if needed" on the next page
l "Synchronize sprints" on page 357
Tip: If you do not want to create a separate JIRA issue for every issue type, you can edit
the file jira\conf\adapter.properties which defines which issue types are synchronized.
a. Uncomment the entry issuetypes.requirement and specify which issue types you
want to synchronize, using commas but no blank spaces. For example:
issuetypes.requirement = Feature,TestIssue,Story
Note that Story is mandatory.
b. After saving your changes to the file, stop the Integration Bridge service and then
start it again using Stop and Start.
l In ALM Octane, each release must have a start and end date, but in JIRA these dates are
optional. To enable synchronization, each entity in JIRA must be associated with a release that
has a defined start date. Make sure all of your JIRA entities meet this requirement before
synchronizing.
Synchronize sprints
Sprints in ALM Octane are always associated with a specific release, with a specific start and end
date. In JIRA the only definition of a sprint is a time frame, and within a time frame you can have
issues that belong to different versions. In addition, JIRA sprints are defined in the context of a
board, and a sprint can appear in multiple boards. As a result of these differences, sprints are
synchronized between ALM Octane and JIRA according to the following guidelines:
Tip: If the sprint assignments are originally set in JIRA, start with setting the mapping
direction from JIRA to ALM Octane only. You can later switch to bi-directional mapping if
relevant to your use case.
3. In the ALM Octane Backlog module, create a filter for each entity using the Save filter to
Synchronizer button . For details, see "Create favorites" on page 362.
In the filter, define the Project Key field to match your Project Key value in JIRA.
Then we create a filter for user stories in the Backlog > Backlog Items tab:
4. In the Synchronizer General tab, select the link where you mapped the project name and key
earlier. Click Edit link, and specify the filters that you created in the Backlog module. You can
select multiple filters for a Backlog link:
See also:
l "Step 1: Define a Synchronizer Admin user" below
l "Synchronization steps" on page 345
The Synchronizer settings area, where you create and manage synchronization links, is only visible
to Synchronizer Admin users.
See also:
l "Step 2: Define the synchronization scope" below
l "Synchronization steps" on page 345
synchronize.
In this topic:
l "Create favorites" below
l "Synchronize past releases" on the next page
Create favorites
When synchronization is run, the synchronizer looks for new records in ALM Octane and ALM or
JIRA based on the favorites configured for the link. If no favorite is configured, all records are
synchronized. If a favorite is configured, items included in the selected favorite are synchronized
with the other endpoint as newly created items. It is recommended to use favorites, but not
required.
Favorites are specifically useful when first configuring your link. Start by using a favorite that
contains only one record, and expand it slowly. Run simulation synchronizations to verify that the
synchronization works as you expect.
Caution:
l Once a record in one endpoint is mapped to a record in the other endpoint, these
records continue to be synchronized even if they no longer match the link's favorite. Be
sure that you want to synchronize data in a specific record or type of record before
including it in your favorite.
l When a new requirement is created in the master endpoint, and the requirement is the
child of requirements that were not previously synchronized, the parent requirements
are also created in the other endpoint. If a favorite is defined, the parent requirements
are synchronized even if they do not match the favorite.
See also:
l "Step 3: Create a synchronization link" below
l "Synchronization steps" on page 345
and configure the integration bridge (Help > Send Us Feedback > Open
ticket).
l For additional links, select a bridge on the left of the Link Configuration page and click
Add Link.
Tip: If the Synchronizer opens to the Dashboard and you see the Links
3. Use the wizard to configure your link, following the steps described below.
The order of the steps may vary, depending on the type of entity synchronized over this link
(defects, requirements, or releases).
l "Define connection settings" below
Field Description
For ALM: URL to the ALM deployment that hosts the project you want to
ALM/QC synchronize with.
Server URL Use the following syntax: http(s)://<hostname>:<port>/qcbin
Field Description
For JIRA: URL to the JIRA deployment that hosts the project you want to
JIRA synchronize with.
Server URL Use the following syntax: http(s)://<hostname>:<port>
For ALM: Enter the ALM domain and project you want to synchronize with.
ALM/QC Click Authenticate to retrieve available values, and select the domain or
Domain project names from the listed items.
and Project
For JIRA: Enter the JIRA project you want to synchronize with.
JIRA Click Authenticate to retrieve available values, and select the domain or
Project project names from the listed items.
ALM or JIRA.
If you do not see your workspace in the drop-down list, make sure you are defined as a
Synchronizer Admin in this workspace. For details, see "Step 1: Define a Synchronizer Admin
user" on page 361.
4. Click Check Connectivity and Continue.
ALM:
Specify the ALM requirement types that match user stories, features, and epics, according to the
hierarchy that you defined in advance in ALM. For details on setting up this hierarchy, see "In
ALM, prepare requirement types to match ALM Octane's (requirement synchronization)" on
page 350.
You can map multiple ALM requirement types to user stories and features. Specify one type as
the default for ALM. This requirement type is used when synchronizing new ALM Octane items
with ALM.
JIRA:
Map JIRA epics and stories to ALM Octane features and stories. Note that ALM Octane has three
levels of hierarchy while JIRA has two levels, so ALM Octane epics are not mapped.
You can then define which endpoint controls the synchronized entities.
Set the rules that define which endpoint controls the synchronized entities
Select where you plan to manage your releases, defects, and different types of requirements.
If you have custom release fields that are mandatory in ALM or JIRA, synchronize release
data only from ALM or JIRA to ALM Octane, and not from ALM Octane to ALM or JIRA.
ALM/JIRA Select this option to create defects, requirements, or releases in ALM or JIRA
only.
During synchronization, corresponding entities are created automatically on
ALM Octane.
Updates made to existing entities in either endpoint are synchronized with the
other endpoint.
For requirement links: This option means that you manage the structure of
your requirements tree in ALM or JIRA. Changes that you make to the entity's
hierarchy (epic > feature > user story) in ALM Octane will be reverted by the
synchronization.
Both Select this option to create and update defects, requirements, or releases in
ALM both ALM Octane and ALM or JIRA, for a full range of planning and testing
Octane functionality. Changes made in either endpoint are synchronized with the other
and endpoint.
ALM/JIRA
Note: Two options are available for managing entities in both endpoints.
One sets ALM Octane as the dominant side, in case of conflicts, and the
other sets ALM or JIRA as the dominant side.
For requirement links: This option means that you can change the entity's
hierarchy (epic > feature > user story) in either endpoint. Changes that you
make to the structure of your requirements tree are synchronized in the other
endpoint. In case of conflict, the structure of the dominant side is used.
l When you synchronize a release, all related ALM Octane sprints are synchronized with ALM
cycles or JIRA sprints.
For a release link, select the endpoint to use as the dominant side for sprint and cycle
synchronization, in case of conflicts.
You can view the rules in more detail after you create the synchronization link, and adjust them if
necessary, in the Rules tab, as described in "Edit synchronization rules" on page 375.
Tip: For requirement links, you can also use an alternate root folder for a similar purpose.
If you define both favorites and an alternate root folder, the alternate root folder is
considered first.
Select favorites to use as filters for new items when synchronizing between endpoints. For details,
see "Step 2: Define the synchronization scope" on page 361.
No favorites are defined by default. This means that all records in the ALM Octane workspace and
the ALM or JIRA project are synchronized.
Note: For a requirement link, if you define both favorites and an alternate root folder, the
alternate root folder is considered first.
Caution:
l Make sure the folder that you enter already exists in your ALM folder structure.
l Specifying an alternate root folder for synchronization can cause unexpected behavior.
If you reorganize the Requirements or Releases module in ALM after having run a
synchronization task, carefully move the records while retaining the same hierarchy to
retain the synchronization. Do not delete records and create new ones in the new
location, as ALM Octane Synchronizer recognizes records according to their ALM ID.
When you move records, make sure to retain the same hierarchy as is defined for the
link in ALM Octane Synchronizer.
l If you move a record out of the alternate root folder in ALM, this record is no longer
synchronized with ALM Octane.
However, if you move a release out of the alternate root folder, the release is no longer
synchronized, but its cycles are still synchronized.
l You can change the path to the alternate root folder until you run the first successful
synchronization for the link.
This option is not relevant for features. Features whose parents are not epics will still fail to
synchronize.
Note: When mapping, ALM Octane Synchronizer checks only the releases that are
included in the synchronized time frame. Releases or sprints/cycles with identical names
are not mapped if they are in a past release (or a release whose end date is older than
the one you specified for synchronization).
If you are working in a shared space (see "Manage spaces" on page 514), when you
update a shared release in a remote endpoint this is not synchronized to ALM Octane.
Releases created in a remote endpoint are not shared in ALM Octane.
Next Steps
Click Next to complete the wizard, and then Finish to create the link. The new link appears in the
navigation tree on the left of the Link Configuration page.
When you are finished creating your link, do the following:
l "Step 4: View and edit link configuration" below
l "Step 5: Configure synchronizer notifications" on page 390
l "Step 6: Run synchronizations" on page 391
l "Step 7: Review link summaries and error details" on page 395
l "View the run history for a specific link" on page 396
Caution: If you create a link and then delete it, and you then create it again using the same
conditions, any defects or requirements that were already synched will be duplicated (in
either direction of synchronization).
See also:
l "Synchronization steps" on page 345
l "Link status reference" on page 397
l "How can I improve synchronization performance?" on page 401
the Synchronizer opens to the Dashboard and you see the Links summary, click to open
the Link Configuration page.
For requirement links, the tree includes one node for the general link settings, and additional sub
nodes for each mapped requirement type. Select each of these nodes and view its detailed
settings.
Tip: Use the search box above the tree to filter by link name. The search box is disabled
while you are in edit mode.
Page through the link tabs to view and update current settings. Click Save Link to save your
changes, Cancel Edit to discard changes and leave edit mode, or Edit Link to return to edit mode.
For details, see:
l "Edit general link settings" below
l "Edit requirement type mapping (ALM synchronization only)" on page 374
l "Edit synchronization rules" on page 375
l "Edit field mapping" on page 376
l "Map user list fields" on page 387
Next steps:
l "Step 5: Configure synchronizer notifications" on page 390
l "Step 6: Run synchronizations" on page 391
l "Step 7: Review link summaries and error details" on page 395
l "View the run history for a specific link" on page 396
Note: You must always run an integrity check after modifying a link's configuration. We
also recommend running a simulation to prevent errors occurring in the actual
synchronization.
l "View or modify synchronization favorites (defect and requirement links)" on the next page
l "For ALM synchronization only: View or modify the alternate root folder" on the next page
l "View the setting for handling requirement hierarchy mismatch (requirement links)" on
page 374
Entity Type Defines the type of entity being synchronized (defect, requirement, or
release).
Read-only.
Link Name The name of the link. Used, for example, in the navigation tree on the left.
Synchronization Defines whether automatic synchronizations are running for this link.
mode Change this mode by right-clicking the link name in the tree on the left, and
selecting one of the following:
l Start Automatic Mode
l Stop Automatic Mode
Note: You cannot start automatic mode until you have run a
successful integrity check, and saved your changes.
Last Provides details about the most recent synchronization run, including the date, as
Sync. well as if the run finished with errors or passed.
Click View report to view a summary of events that occurred during the run.
Link Displays the link's current status, as well as a summary of any issues remaining from
Status previous runs.
Link statuses reflect whether integrity checks have passed or not, and whether recent
synchronizations have generated errors or warnings.
l Hover over the Link Status details for information about the last integrity check
and synchronization. From the tooltip, click View report for details about each
item.
l Click View in Dashboard for more details about issues remaining from previous
runs.
For details and action items required for each status, see "Link status reference" on
page 397.
Note: If you want to add, change, or delete favorites from the list of available favorites, do
so in the Backlog or Defects module.
If you modify favorites after having run a successful synchronization, you will need to schedule a
full synchronization for the next run. For details, see "Full synchronizations" on page 394.
For more details, see "Step 2: Define the synchronization scope" on page 361.
View the setting for handling requirement hierarchy mismatch (requirement links)
For requirement synchronization links, view the option selected for situations when an ALM or
JIRA requirement's hierarchy does not match the ALM Octane backlog tree.
You can modify this option until you run the first successful synchronization for the link.
For details, see "Optional: Specify how to handle requirements whose hierarchy does not match
the backlog tree (requirement links)" on page 369
See also:
l "Edit requirement type mapping (ALM synchronization only)" below
l "Edit synchronization rules" on the next page
l "Edit field mapping" on page 376
l "Map user list fields" on page 387
Remove a Right-click the sub node for the requirement type and select Remove
mapped Requirement Type.
requirement type
Available only before you run the first successful synchronization for the
link.
Map an Right-click the node for the requirement link and select Add Requirement
additional Type.
requirement type
You can map additional requirement types to user stories and features.
You can map a requirement type to epics, if they are not already mapped.
See also:
l "Edit general link settings" on page 371
l "Edit synchronization rules" below
l "Edit field mapping" on the next page
l "Map user list fields" on page 387
l Specify which endpoint serves as the dominant side for synchronizing the requirement
hierarchy.
l There are separate defaults for epics, features (for ALM), and user stories.
case of conflicts.
l Specify how to handle existing or past releases. For details, see "Specify how to handle
Caution: Modifying rules may also affect your field mapping. After making changes on this
tab, be sure to verify the mappings defined on the Field Mapping tab. For details, see "Edit
field mapping" below.
Additionally, if you modify rules after having run a successful synchronization, you will
need to schedule a full synchronization for the next run. For details, see "Full
synchronizations" on page 394.
Note: You must always run an integrity check after modifying a link's configuration. We
also recommend running a simulation to prevent errors occurring in the actual
synchronization. For details, see "Step 6: Run synchronizations" on page 391.
See also:
l "Edit general link settings" on page 371
l "Edit requirement type mapping (ALM synchronization only)" on page 374
l "Edit field mapping" below
l "Map user list fields" on page 387
Note: You must always run an integrity check after modifying a link's configuration. We
also recommend running a simulation to prevent errors occurring in the actual
synchronization.
In this topic:
l "Field mapping overview" below
l "Notes about Type, Attributes, and Required in the Field Mapping tab" below
l "Map a pair of fields or define constant values" below
l "Additional field mapping tasks" on page 379
Tip: Before you start synchronizing, it is highly recommended that you read "Field
mapping guidelines" on page 381. For additional recommendations before synchronizing,
see "Prepare for ALM synchronization" on page 348.
Notes about Type, Attributes, and Required in the Field Mapping tab
The Type and Attributes columns are populated automatically. The red asterisk indicating a field
is Required is set by the system as well.
Type. If the type is Reference, that means this field links the entity to an item created in ALM
Octane. For example, a release, a sprint, a user, or another backlog item. The possible values for
this field depend on the items defined in the system.
Attributes. Some fields, such as IDs, are marked in the Attributes columns as R (Read only). This
means the field values are set by the system and cannot be entered by the user, or set via
synchronization. For example, the ALM Octane Defect ID is a read only field. You cannot map it to
synchronize bidirectionally. However, you can map it for unidirectional synchronization, setting a
custom ALM Octane ID field in the ALM or JIRA endpoint.
Required. You cannot manually set a field as required for synchronization.
Click Edit Link to modify settings, and Save Link to save your changes.
1. Above the mapping grid, toggle between showing ALM Octane Fields and ALM/JIRA Fields
to determine how the fields are listed in the grid.
2. Select the row for the field you want to map, and define the following:
a. In the Direction column , select whether you want to map the field from ALM Octane to
ALM or JIRA, vice versa, or as bidirectional.
If the field has no corresponding field in the other endpoint, select Constant.
b. In the mapped field column (ALM Octane Field or ALM/JIRA Field, depending on how
you are viewing the fields) select a field from the dropdown list. Use the search box to
filter the fields displayed.
If you are mapping a constant value, enter the value in the corresponding column cell.
The constant value is assigned to the field when ALM Octane Synchronizer creates new
entities, and is not updated in subsequent synchronizations.
If you need to map multiple fields in the opposite endpoint, click in the Multi-Mapping
column. When you do this, your direction options are limited to prevent conflicts.
Refresh
Above the grid, click to refresh the grid after making changes to the list of
grid
fields in either endpoint. For example, refresh the grid after adding new
values to a list field.
Sort or Hover over a column heading and click the arrow to sort or group the grid
group by by the selected column. This menu also lets you hide this column from the
column grid.
Action Description
Show The grid footer lets you filter the grid by fields that are mapped or unmapped,
only or are causing errors or warnings in integrity checks. You can also select to
specific show all fields.
fields At the bottom of the grid, select:
l Mapped to view only mapped fields
l Errors to view only fields with mappings that will cause errors, and will also
prevent synchronizations from running
l Warnings to view only fields with mappings that may cause errors but will
not prevent synchronization from running
l Total Items to view all fields, regardless of mapping status
Caution: If you have different numbers of values in the field for each endpoint (such as 5
values in ALM Octane and 6 values in ALM), bidirectional value mapping may result in
some data loss when records are synchronized back and forth. For details and
recommendations, see "Guidelines for mapping specific field values" on page 381.
1. On the Field Mapping tab, select a pair of mapped fields to view additional properties on the
right.
2. On the right, expand the Values section.
3. Map specific values in the each field to corresponding values in the opposite field, as well as
their directions. If relevant, you can map one of the values to an empty string.
4. Define a Default value to use when the field value is empty in the source endpoint, but
mandatory in the destination endpoint.
Default values replace the empty values, and help to avoid synchronization errors. Leave this
field empty if you do not want to use a default value.
Note: ALM Octane Synchronizer uses the default value only when creating a new
entity, not when updating.
l In ALM Octane, the list has fixed set of possible values, but in ALM the list is not set to
To remove a single field mapping (a pair of ALM or JIRA and ALM Octane fields that have one
field in each endpoint), click in the mapped field.
See also:
l "Edit general link settings" on page 371
l "Edit requirement type mapping (ALM synchronization only)" on page 374
l "Edit synchronization rules" on page 375
l "Map user list fields" on page 387
Attachment Attachments to the same record must have unique names. Attaching a file or
file names URL to a record in opposite endpoints, with the same file name, will cause
errors.
Note: ALM System Info attachments (.tsi files) are opened from ALM in a built-in ALM
viewer. They are opened from ALM Octane as XML files.
Guidelines for mapping fields with string, float, and numeric values
If... Then...
If you map a string field that has a The string value will be truncated as necessary in
maximum length in the destination the source endpoint during synchronization.
endpoint, and a synchronized value
exceeds this maximum
If you map a string field in the source For the synchronization to succeed, the string field
endpoint with a numeric field in the value must be an integer.
destination endpoint
If... Then...
If you map a numeric or date field in the For the synchronization to succeed, the numeric or
source endpoint with a list field in the date field value must be one of the values in the
destination endpoint list.
If you map a date field with a string field Synchronizer recognizes date strings of the
following formats:
l yyyy-MM-dd (for example: 2015-11-20)
l dd-MMM-yy (for example: 25-Dec-16
l M/d/yyyy
l M/d/yy
l MM/dd/yy
l MM/dd/yyyy
Guidelines for mapping Release and Cycle fields in defect and requirement links
If you map ALM Target Cycle or Detected in Cycle fields, you must also map the corresponding
release fields.
Additionally:
l Release and cycle or sprint names must be identical in both endpoints. These names are case-
sensitive.
l Release names must be unique in both endpoints.
l Requirements must have a single target release in ALM. Synchronizing requirements from ALM
with multiple target releases will fail.
Tip: If you cannot modify these release names but you want to map these fields:
Map specific field values to define the full path of the release. For example, you can map
each value of the Target Release field to a value in a corresponding field in the other
endpoint.
Define the full path of the ALM release in the format \<Release_Folder_Name>\<Release_
Name>. For example, \Flight Application\Release_2.
You do not need to include the root Releases folder in the path.
For details about mapping specific field values, see "View other field properties" on
page 380.
Note: Fields that have been customized with modified list values in either endpoint are not
automatically mapped.
Example of mapping field values: ALM Octane Phase and ALM or JIRA Status
ALM Octane Synchronizer lets you map specific field values in one endpoint to specific values for
the corresponding field in the other endpoint. A good example of when you might need to do this
is when mapping defect phases.
ALM Octane and ALM or JIRA have different defect phase or status options.
l The ALM Octane Phase field has the following values: New, Opened, Fixed, Proposed Closed,
Closed, Deferred, Duplicate, Rejected
l By default, the ALM Status field has the following values for defects: New, Open, Fixed, Reopen,
Closed, Rejected.
l By default, the JIRA Status field has the following values for defects: To Do, In Progress, Done,
Closed.
Because these are standard fields, ALM Octane Synchronizer provides a default mapping for
these values, shown in the table below.
You can modify the mapping as needed for your link.
New Bidirectional To Do
Deferred Unidirectional To Do
From a user On the Field Mapping tab, select a user list field, such as Assigned To.
list field The selected field must be mapped to a user list field in the other
endpoint.
On the right, expand the User Mapping node, and click edit.
The User Mapping dialog box displays only users mapped manually. Users mapped
automatically are not listed.
Tip:
l Periodically, use the Refresh button at the top of this dialog box to make sure you
are working with the most up-to-date ALM Octane and ALM or JIRA user lists.
2. Define default users for when there is no matching user in the destination
endpoint.
This may happen, for example, if a user once existed in an endpoint's user list, and is
therefore listed as a user list value, but has since been deleted from the other endpoint's user
list.
Expand the Default user area, and define default users for destination endpoints in both
ALM Octane and ALM or JIRA.
Caution: If you map a user field bidirectionally, the default value will overwrite the
value that no longer exists in the user list.
For example:
peter@domain.com is listed as the owner of a defect in ALM Octane, but does not
appear in the user list in ALM.
Tip:
l Select Show unmapped only to display only users who are not yet mapped in the
dropdown lists.
4. Map an ALM Octane user to a user that is not included in the ALM or JIRA user
list
a. In the Manual Mapping area, select an ALM Octane user name.
b. In the ALM/JIRA Users box, type a name of a user that does not exist in the ALM or JIRA
user list, and select the map to non-existing user entry.
During synchronization, the user name that you mapped is entered in the relevant user fields,
without adding it to the ALM or JIRA user list.
Caution: In ALM, user fields can be set to Verify value. This means that in this field,
ALM only allows users who exist in the user list. If you bidirectionally synchronize
such user fields, using a non-existent ALM user could fail the synchronization.
Link notifications
Link notifications are configured for all links in a workspace. On the Link Configuration page,
click the workspace's name in the navigation tree, and then click the Notifications tab.
Issue notifications
Configure cumulative notifications sent for issues occurring during synchronizations. You can
configure notifications for only new issues, or both new and known, still unfixed issues.
l Select how often you want the system to send notifications, summarizing:
l New issues that have occurred since the last notification.
l Known issues that have been reported in previous notifications, and are still unfixed.
l Determine who receives issue notifications. Click the Select from workspace users drop-down,
and select one or more recipients.
Note: To send notifications for known issues, you must also configure notifications for
new issues.
Admins. On the Link Configuration page, click the bridge's name in the navigation tree, and
then click the Notifications tab.
Determine who receives upgrade notifications. Click the Select from Synchronizer Admins drop-
down, and select one or more recipients.
Note: You can select or deselect only Synchronizer Admins that belong to the same
workspace as you.
See also:
l "Step 6: Run synchronizations" below
l "Synchronization steps" on page 345
Caution: Once records have been synchronized, they cannot be removed from the
synchronization. When first setting up a link's configuration, use a favorite defined with
one record only. Widen the favorite slowly, ensuring that the synchronizations run as you
expect.
However, if you use an alternate root folder to limit the synchronized requirements or
releases:
l Requirements removed from the alternate root folder in ALM will no longer be
synchronized.
l Releases removed from the alternate root folder in ALM will no longer be synchronized,
but their cycles will still be synchronized.
Note that if you make certain changes to a link's configuration after having already synchronized,
such as updated rules or field mapping, you'll need to run a full synchronization to ensure that all
records are aligned with those changes. ALM Octane will notify you when a full synchronization is
required. If you delete a workspace, its links are automatically deleted.
Integrity checks
You must run an integrity check before running a synchronization task to verify that the task will
run smoothly. Use the integrity check to debug any errors before synchronizing the records.
The integrity check makes sure that your synchronization link is configured correctly. For
example, it makes sure that you mapped all mandatory fields.
added or updated in the next synchronization, or you can start synchronizing, by running
a manual task or starting automatic synchronizations.
l If your integrity check fails with errors, fix the errors in your link configuration and try
again.
l If the integrity check returns warnings, you can run the synchronization, but some items
Based on your knowledge of the synchronized endpoints, you may decide to ignore
specific warnings and run the synchronization.
Simulation runs
Run a simulation after your integrity check passes, and before you synchronize your data. The
simulation checks the records in the folders and favorites you specified for synchronization and
reflects the number of items that will be added or updated in the next synchronization.
Note: For various reasons, the simulation results may include more items than the actual
synchronization run. For example, the simulation run may include items that encounter
errors and fail to update, or items whose changes were in fields that are not mapped for
synchronization.
Manual synchronizations
Run tasks manually when you want to test a link, such as when configuring or debugging the link
settings. If there were errors in the last synchronization run, a manual synchronization will
automatically re-synchronize those records.
1. If you are currently in Automatic Mode, stop automatic synchronizations. For details, see
"Stop automatic synchronizations" on the next page.
2. Right-click the link in the navigation tree on the left and select Run Manual Sync., or while
viewing the link details, select Run > Run Manual Sync. from the toolbar.
The run status is displayed at the bottom of the screen.
3. Click the expand arrow at the top of the status to display all log messages. From there, click
View Report or View Log for more details.
Automatic synchronizations
Automatic synchronizations are scheduled to run regularly, around the clock. Defect and
requirement links synchronize every minute, and release links synchronize every 5 minutes.
Note: If a single run task takes longer than 1 minute, the automatic runs are performed
farther apart as needed.
Start automatic Right-click the link in the navigation tree on the left and select Start
synchronizations Automatic Mode, or while viewing the link details, select Run > Start
Automatic Mode from the toolbar.
l The current run status is displayed at the bottom of the screen.
l Click the expand arrow at the top of the status to display all log
messages. From there, click View Report or View Log for more
details.
Stop automatic Right-click the link in the navigation tree on the left and select Stop
synchronizations Automatic Mode, or while viewing the link details, select Run > Stop
Automatic Mode from the toolbar.
If you stop automatic synchronizations, you will need to run a
manual synchronization task or start automatic synchronizations
again to update your records.
Full synchronizations
Certain types of changes detected in your link, such as updated favorites, rules, or field mapping,
require you to synchronize all records in your link. ALM Octane will notify you when a full
synchronization is required.
Synchronizing all records ensures that all records are aligned with the changes in the link
configuration or fields.
Note: Performing a full synchronization may take some time. We recommend doing this
when the system is not otherwise busy.
To run a full synchronization, in the navigation tree, right-click the link name, or select the link.
Then, select More Actions > Schedule Full Sync. in Next Run.
The next synchronization that starts will synchronize all records in the link.
On the Link Right-click the link name, or select the link and then select More Actions >
Configuration Retry Errors in Next Run.
page
On the In the Link Summary area, expand the workspace and link nodes until you
Dashboard see the specific issues that occurred in recent synchronizations.
Find the link for which you want to retry records with issues, and click Retry
next run next to the link.
The records that ran with errors will be re-synchronized next run.
See also:
l "Step 7: Review link summaries and error details" below
l "ALM Octane Synchronizer FAQs and troubleshooting" on page 399
These widgets display the numbers of links for each type. Links with issues are links that
generated errors or warnings during the last integrity check or synchronization.
Additionally, you can view configuration details and statuses for all links in a specific bridge or
workspace by clicking on the relevant node in the tree on the Link Configuration page.
Data is displayed in a grid, with a row for each link in the selected section. In the grid, click the links
in the Last Run and Last Integrity Run columns to access the logs for a specific run.
View data for:
l All links configured for a specific bridge. Click the bridge name in the navigation tree.
l All links configured for a specific workspace, on a specific bridge. Expand the bridge node,
and then click the workspace name.
The Dashboard displays basic synchronization statistics as well as detailed reports for each
synchronization.
To view data for a specific link, or to investigate specific errors, do the following:
l "View the run history for a specific link" below
l "Drill down to specific errors on the Dashboard" below
To ensure that all records with errors synchronized again in the next run, do one of the following:
l Run a manual synchronization. Manual synchronizations always synchronize all records.
l If your link is in automatic mode, click Retry next run for the relevant link.
All records in the link with issues will be synchronized again in the next successful run,
regardless of whether there are changes.
Note: The Retry next run button is shown only if there has been an unsuccessful run.
You can view details about fixed issues in the Fixed errors area. Expand each workspace node to
view details about individual issues.
See also:
l "Link status reference" below
l "ALM Octane Synchronizer FAQs and troubleshooting" on page 399
/ Status: OK
Icons
Automatic / Manual
Description The link's filter, rules, or field mapping was modified, and an integrity
check has not been run.
Action required Run an integrity check before running a manual synchronization task,
or before starting automatic synchronizations.
Action required Modify the link and run an integrity check again.
/ Status: Sync. Warning
Icons /
Automatic Manual
Action required
l On the ALM Octane Synchronizer Dashboard page, view issues
for the link and make changes to prevent them from reoccurring.
Changes might be required in the link field mapping, rules or filter.
Changes might also be required outside of ALM Octane
Synchronizer, such as in the ALM or JIRA schema or field values.
If you made changes in the link configuration, run an integrity check
after you save your changes to verify that the warnings are fixed.
l To run the records with warnings in the next synchronization even if
they were not modified, on the Dashboard, click Retry next run.
Icons
Automatic / Manual
Description Errors were found in the most recent synchronization task (automatic
or manual), and synchronization cannot run.
Action required Modify the link to fix the errors, and then run an integrity check.
Action required
Open a ticket on ALM Octane (Help > Send Us Feedback > Open
ticket).
Request that ALM Octane Support start the integration bridge and make
sure that the credentials the bridge is using to connect to ALM Octane are
still valid.
Action required
Open a ticket on ALM Octane (Help > Send Us Feedback > Open
ticket).
Request that ALM Octane Support install the new version of the
Integration Bridge.
Why does my run history show updated records when I did not update any records,
but only created records?
New field values created in a destination endpoint during synchronization are automatically sent
back the record in the source endpoint.
So, for example, when you create a record in ALM and synchronize it to ALM Octane, that new
record is created in ALM Octane, and assigned an ALM Octane ID.
ALM Octane Synchronizer recognizes this new ID field value, and sends it back to ALM, adding it
to the source record.
This last step is the update you see in your run history.
Automatic synchronizations are scheduled to run once a minute. Why don't I see all
of these synchronization runs in my run history?
The following types of synchronization runs are removed from the run history after subsequent
synchronizations are run:
Runs that: Runs with errors that have not yet been
resolved are displayed in the run history until
l Finished with errors, and ...
the related records are synchronized
l Are more than 10 days old, unless ... successfully.
l The errors have not yet been resolved.
Previous runs that contain errors, which also
appeared in later runs, are deleted when they
are more than 10 days old.
Fatal runs that are more than 10 days old For synchronizations run in the last 10 days,
only the last 20 runs are displayed.
To ensure that records that ran with errors are re-synchronized in the next upcoming run,
manually set the link to re-synchronize those records.
For details, see "Re-synchronizing records with fixed errors (automatic mode only)" on page 394.
During synchronization I received an error: “Some of the mapped fields were deleted
from ALM Octane.”
This error indicates that user defined fields were removed from ALM Octane, which were mapped
in a synchronization link. The list of missing fields is displayed in the UI.
Edit the relevant link within the Synchronizer UI, and click Refresh fields and field values in the
Field mapping tab. All the removed fields will be removed from field mapping. Run an integrity
check to verify that records will be synchronized correctly.
During synchronization I received an error: “Some of the fields used in the filter were
deleted from ALM Octane.”
This error indicates that you removed user defined fields from ALM Octane, which were used in a
Synchronizer filter within a particular synchronization link.
Either edit the existing filter, or create a new filter without the user defined fields that no longer
exist. If you create a new filter, within the Synchronizer UI edit the appropriate link and change
the Synchronizer filter in the General tab. Run an integrity check to verify that records will be
synchronized correctly.
Why is ALM Octane Synchronizer failing to find a custom field that was OK in the
past?
Check the list of custom fields defined in ALM Octane:
Make sure that the field in question still defined for the workspace you are synchronizing.
DevOps integrations
This section provides instructions for integrating DevOps with ALM Octane.
Topic Description
"Set up CI servers" below How to set up the connection between ALM Octane and a
CI server such as Jenkins or TeamCity.
"Create and manage test How to set up rules that automatically assign automated tests to
assignment rules" on application modules and test owners using filter conditions.
page 416
"Manage all build failure How to set up rules that translate messages in a build log to
classification rules" on build failure classifications.
page 419
Set up CI servers
This topic describes how to set up the connection between ALM Octane and a CI server such as
Jenkins or TeamCity. This is the basis for working with pipelines in ALM Octane and for
integrating ALM Octane with UFT.
Caution: The permission mechanism of ALM Octane is not synchronized with the
permission mechanism of the CI server.
Therefore, ALM Octane users may have access to information from the CI server that they
would otherwise not be authorized to access. For example, log files, stack traces an so on.
See also:
l "CI Pipelines" on page 159
l "Set up UFT integration" on page
421
In this topic:
l "Prerequisites: Obtain API access and make sure your CI server is supported" below
l "Install the ALM Octane CI plugin on your CI server" below
l "Add CI servers on ALM Octane" on the next page
l "Manage your CI servers" on the next page
Tip: For this link to work properly, your CI server must have its Site URL properly
configured.
Select a CI server and click the Suspend CI server input to ALM Octane button.
Note: The suspension is immediate, but it may take some time before the button in ALM
Octane reflects the change.
Select a CI server and click the Resume CI server input to ALM Octane button to reconnect the
CI server to ALM Octane.
Next steps:
l "Create and configure pipelines" on page 163
l "Run pipelines" on page 175
l "Set up your SCM system" on page 413
l "Create and manage test assignment rules" on page 416
l "Run automated tests from ALM Octane" on page 275
Plugin overview
This plugin enables ALM Octane to integrate with a CI server, and provide the following abilities:
l Retrieve and display the build pipelines that run on the CI server
l Trigger pipeline runs on the CI server
l Retrieve build run results, test run results, and commit information from the CI server
l Retrieve code coverage reports from a Jenkins CI server
l Trigger UFT test execution on a Jenkins CI server
Prerequisites
l Obtain API Access. Ask your space admin for an API access Client ID and Client secret. The
plugin uses these for authentication when communicating with ALM Octane.
The space admin can obtain the Client ID and Client secret in ALM Octane Settings. The access
keys must be assigned the CI/CD Integration role in all relevant workspaces. For details, see "Set
up API access" on page 305.
l Obtain access to a CI server that meets the necessary requirements. For the CI servers that are
supported by the ALM Octane CI plugins, see "CI Servers" on page 60.
For a list of plugins that must be installed on the Jenkins server to enable ALM Octane
integration, as well as plugins that are supported by the ALM Octane integration but not
required, see Application Automation Tools wiki page.
l SaaS: To enable the CI server to communicate with ALM Octane, make sure that the server can
access the Internet.
If your network requires a proxy to connect to the Internet, setup the required proxy
configuration.
For example, on a Jenkins CI server: Go to Manage Jenkins > Manage Plugins > Advanced and
define the necessary HTTP Proxy Configuration details.
l For all CI servers besides TeamCity, decide which CI server user or TFS Personal Access Token
(PAT) ALM Octane will use to access the CI server and execute jobs.
The CI server user or TFS PAT must have the following permissions:
On TFS: Read permissions for: Build, Code, Project and team, Test
management
Execute permissions for Build
Jenkins In your Jenkins server's user interface, open the plugin management area and
upload the plugin:
1. Click Manage Jenkins (on the left).
2. Click Manage Plugins, select the Advanced tab, and scroll down to Upload
Plugin.
3. Browse to the plugin file that you downloaded and click Upload.
4. Select the option to restart Jenkins when installation is complete and no jobs
are running.
TeamCity In your TeamCity server's user interface, open the plugin management area and
upload the plugin:
1. Go to Administration > Plugins List and click Upload plugin zip.
2. Browse to the plugin file that you downloaded and click Upload.
3. Restart the TeamCity server.
Bamboo In your Bamboo server's user interface, open the add on management area and
upload the plugin:
1. Click the Administration cogwheel button and select Add-ons from the menu.
2. Click Pause server to pause the server while you install a new add on, to avoid
adverse effects on currently running builds.
3. Click Upload add-on, browse to the plugin file that you downloaded and click
Upload.
4. Click Resume server at the top of the page.
TFS Run the downloaded MSI on your TFS machine to install the plugin.
GoCD Download the plugin's .jar file and store it on your GoCD server in <GoCD server
folder>/plugins/external/.
Before configuring the plugin to access ALM Octane, the plugin installation must be complete.
Wait for the CI server to restart (Jenkins or TeamCity), refresh the add-on management page
(Bamboo), or restart the CI server (TFS, GoCD).
Note:
l If you enable or disable the plugin at any time after installation, you must restart your CI
server (Jenkins, TeamCity, Bamboo).
l To update or reinstall the TFS plugin, you must first stop the TFS Windows service:
Visual Studio Team Foundation Background Job Agent. Restart the service after the
plugin is updated.
Tip: After installing the plugin and before configuring it, wait for the CI server to restart
(Jenkins or TeamCity), refresh the add-on management page (Bamboo), or restart the
CI server (TFS, GoCD).
Bamboo In your Bamboo server's user interface, locate the configuration area
for the ALM Octane CI plugin:
a. Click the Administration cogwheel button and select Add-ons
from the menu.
b. In the left pane, click ALM Octane CI Plugin under
COMMUNICATION.
GoCD In your GoCD server's user interface, open Admin > Plugins.
Click the cogwheel displayed for the OctaneGoCDPlugin.
2. Enter the following information:
Location The URL of the ALM Octane server, using its fully qualified
domain name (FQDN).
Use the following format (port number is optional):
http://<ALM Octane hostname / IP address> {:<port
number>}/ui/?p=<space ID>
Example:
Tip: You can copy the URL from the address bar of the
browser in which you opened ALM Octane.
Client ID The API access Client ID that the plugin should use to connect to
ALM Octane. For details, see prerequisites, above.
Client secret The Client secret that the plugin should use to connect to ALM
Octane. For details, see prerequisites, above.
Jenkins user / The CI server user account that will run jobs at ALM Octane's
Bamboo user request.
This option is available only on Jenkins and Bamboo.
Caution:
TFS location and HTTP address and Personal Access Token for the plugin to use to
TFS PAT access TFS. The permissions required for this PAT are specified
above.
These options are available only on TFS.
Configure the Jenkins or TFS plugin to work with existing ALM Octane
pipelines
1. Get the plugin instance ID originally used to set up the CI server on ALM Octane:
a. In ALM Octane, in Settings , click Spaces and select a workspace.
b. Click the DevOps tab. On the left side of the pane, select CI servers.
c. In the grid, locate the Instance ID column and copy your CI server's Instance ID.
2. In TFS or Jenkins, update the new plugin to use the original instance ID.
Jenkins In your Jenkins server's user interface:
a. Click Manage Plugins in the left pane.
b. Click Configure System.
c. Scroll down to the ALM Octane CI configuration area.
d. Click Show plugin instance ID.
e. In the Instance ID box, enter the Instance ID you copied from ALM Octane
earlier.
Next steps:
l "Add CI servers on ALM Octane" on page 405
l "Create and configure pipelines" on page 163 or "Set up UFT integration" on page 421
2. Click the DevOps tab. On the left side of the pane, select SCM Repositories.
This page lists any Git and SVN repositories that integrate with your CI servers.
Note: A repository is only displayed in this list after a pipeline run includes commits to
the repository.
3. For each repository (each row in the grid) enter the following:
• File link template. A template for the HTTP link to the file view of a selected file.
• Diff link template. A template for the HTTP link to the diff view of a selected file version.
The templates must include the placeholders {filePath} and {revision}. ALM Octane
replaces these with the relevant file's path and revision when creating the links.
Examples
l To link to BitBucket repository viewers, you would use templates like this:
o File link template: myServer:myPort/myRepository/browse/{filePath}?until=
{revision}&at={revision}
o Diff link template: myServer:myPort/myRepository/diff/{filePath}?until=
{revision}&at={revision}
l To link to GitHub repository viewers, you would use templates like this:
o File link template: https://github.com/myGithubUser/myGithubRepoName/blob/
{revision}/{filePath}
o Diff link template: https://github.com/myGithugUser/myGithubRepoName/commit/
{revision}/{filePath}
Example: If you were working with the nodejs/node repository, your templates
would look like this:
https://github.com/nodejs/node/blob/{revision}/{filePath}
https://github.com/nodejs/node/commit/{revision}/{filePath}
To modify the default commit message patterns, define new patterns using
Java regular expressions:
1. In Settings , click Spaces and select the workspace that is set up to integrate with your
CI server.
2. Click the DevOps tab. On the left side of the pane, select Commit Patterns.
3. Define the Commit message patterns to use for associating commits to the ALM Octane
story types (User story, Quality story, Defect).
Change an existing Commit message pattern or click + to add a new pattern. Using Java
regular expressions, design a pattern that contains a single capturing group containing the
story ID. For details about capturing groups, see
https://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/essential/regex/groups.html.
For example, the default pattern defect\s*#(\d+) represents the string defect<any number
of spaces>#<defect id>.
The patterns are not case sensitive.
4. Click Validate commit pattern in the toolbar, to experiment with your patterns and make
sure that they match the string that you had in mind.
In the Validate Commit Pattern dialog box, enter an experimental commit message or part of
a message. Click Validate to see the stories that your commit patterns associate with this
comment.
Repeat this step to test all of the patterns you defined.
Example: This commit message includes the string user story #4. Therefore, it
matches the pattern for user stories:
5. Make sure to tell your SCM users about the patterns their commit messages must follow.
See also:
l "Set up CI servers" on page 403
l "Assign roles and permissions" on page 529
l "Create and manage test assignment rules" below
l "Track changes committed to your Source Control Management system" on page 199
Introduction
You can use test assignment rules to automatically populate automated tests with various details,
based on filter conditions. This enables ALM Octane to incorporate automated test run results
that it collects from automation servers or other sources into the product quality analysis.
When an automated test matches your filter criteria, the following information can be
automatically assigned to the test:
l Application module
l Test owner
l Test framework
l Test type
l Test level
l Testing tool
This topic describes how to manage test assignment rules from the ALM Octane settings area. For
details on managing test assignment rules from the Tests tab, see "Create and manage rules to
assign automated tests" on page 151.
If a default setting was configured in Topology > Job configuration > Test fields, the default
setting overrides the assignment rule.
l The test fields you want to assign (test framework, type, level, and testing tool).
6. Click Add filter to add conditions based on the values of the following fields: Class name,
Component, Name, and Package.
Filters can be multipart and complex and can include '*' as a wildcard. If necessary, click the
Add filter button multiple times to add multiple items to the filter.
Example:
All conditions must be met for the rule to assign the selected values to an automated test.
7. Select whether the rule should assign application modules and a test owner even if those
fields already have values, or only if they are empty.
As you edit the rule, you can see how many currently existing tests will be modified once you
save the rule.
8. Click Save.
Application module and test owner settings affect both current and future tests that match
the filter. This includes tests currently in the system, as well as new automated tests detected
in pipelines in the future.
Automated test fields (test framework, type, level, and testing tool) affect future runs, and
are updated according to the latest run.
Example: When trying to understand why some tests are not properly being assigned,
group or sort the rules according to the properties in the rule's filter. Then compare the
properties in the rules to the properties of the test.
See also:
l "Work with application modules" on page 148
l "Quality management" on page 146
l "Set up CI servers" on page 403
To access Settings:
1. In Settings , click Spaces and select a workspace.
2. Click the DevOps tab. On the left side of the pane, select Log Classification Rules.
The goal is to reach a small number of rules that cover most of the log messages and build failure
classifications that are relevant for your pipeline runs.
Tip: To add classification labels to the list of available labels, go to a pipeline run's
Builds tab and click the Build Failure Classification button.
6. Click OK.
The rule is applied whenever ALM Octane receives a Jenkins build log for a failed build.
Log lines that match the pattern are labeled with the specified classification. If a line matches
more than one rule, it is classified by the most recently updated rule.
The relevant builds are automatically labeled with the first classification mapped in their log.
See also:
l "Analyze builds" on page 186
l "Analyze tests" on page 191
Testing integrations
This section provides instructions for integrating testing tools with ALM Octane.
Topic Description
"Set up UFT How to set up ALM Octane via Jenkins to discover and run UFT tests stored
integration" on in your SCM repository. Once the integration is set up, Jenkins and the
the next page SCM system are transparent and you can work with UFT and ALM Octane
directly.
Topic Description
"Set up How to bring your security testing into your development cycle by integrating
security ALM Octane and Fortify on Demand.
testing
integration" on
page 427
Run tests. Include the tests in test suites to plan and run them from ALM Octane. ALM Octane
triggers the test runs via the CI server. The tests run on UFT machines configured as Jenkins
execution nodes.
Analyze release and product quality. Track the UFT test results as part of the overall data in the
backlog, quality, and dashboard modules.
The image below summarizes the architecture of this integration:
Note:
For the CI servers that are supported by the ALM Octane CI plugins, see "CI Servers" on
page 60.
For a list of plugins that must be installed on the Jenkins server to enable ALM Octane
integration, as well as plugins that are supported by the ALM Octane integration but not
required, see Application Automation Tools wiki page.
2. Install the Jenkins Git plugin (version 2.4.4 or later) or the Subversion plugin (version 2.5 or
later) to create the Jenkins-SCM integration.
Tip: Before configuring the plugin, obtain an API access Client ID and Client secret
from your space admin. For details, see "Set up API access" on page 305.
You do not need to create pipelines in ALM Octane or create any jobs in Jenkins.
Tip: You can only define one testing tool connection per workspace.
Tip: If necessary for troubleshooting, you can find this job on your Jenkins server based
on the connection ID.
The test scripts and the data table content are available in UFT only.
In the automated test entities in ALM Octane, the following fields are set:
l Testing tool type = UFT
l Test type = API or UI
l Executable = Yes. These tests can be added to test suites and run from ALM Octane.
ALM Octane continues to periodically check the repository and update its entities accordingly.
l If you add a new test in UFT or change an existing one, the changes are reflected in ALM
Octane.
l If you delete a test from UFT, the relevant test in ALM Octane is not deleted but is marked as
not executable. This way, the test and its history, runs, and reports remain available.
If you do not see all of the expected tests in the Tests tab in ALM Octane, try refreshing the
list of tests.
Setup Jenkins and UFT so Jenkins can trigger UFT test runs
This section describes configuration required on your UFT machine and on Jenkins, to enable
Jenkins to run UFT tests.
Note: If your Jenkins server is installed on a Windows machine, you can install UFT on the
same machine instead of creating execution nodes.
Relevant if you are working with a UFT version earlier than 14.01.
To run API tests, ALM Octane needs the Script.dll and Script.pdb files that UFT generates when it
first runs the test.
By default, these files are not stored in the SCM repository.
To make these files available to ALM Octane:
1. Run the API test in UFT to generate the files.
2. Adjust your SCM definitions so Script.dll and Script.pdb are not ignored.
3. Push (Git) or commit (SVN) the tests from UFT to save the files in the repository.
4. Verify that the Script.dll and Script.pdp files are now in the repository.
Set up Jenkins to enable opening the UFT tests result from ALM Octane
By default, Jenkins' Content-Security-Policy header prevents viewing UFT test results reports
remotely.
To enable opening UFT reports from ALM Octane using the Testing tool report button in an
automated test, you must clear the CSP property.
Implement one of the following workarounds:
l Clear the property temporarily, until the next time the Jenkins server restarts:
In Jenkins, open Manage Jenkins > Script Console, and run:
System.setProperty("hudson.model.DirectoryBrowserSupport.CSP", "")
-Dhudson.model.DirectoryBrowserSupport.CSP=
Next steps:
l "Create and manage rules to assign automated tests" on page 151
l "Run UFT tests as part of a test suite" on page 276
l "Analyze automated test run results" on page 278
Important privacy note: If your Fortify on Demand data contains personally identifiable
information (PII), contact your system administrators to check the geographical locations
of the Fortify on Demand data farm and the ALM Octane server. If the two are located in
different geographical locations, verify with your chief information security officer or
privacy office that this integration complies with your regional regulations.
4. Define a name for the connection and select the security tool (Fortify On Demand).
5. Enter the URL for your Fortify on Demand server, and the API keys required to access it.
6. Click Test Connection to make sure the configuration is correct.
7. Click Add to add the security tool to the list.
After a pipeline step uploads code to Fortify on Demand for assessment, ALM Octane will use
this connection information to contact Fortify on Demand and retrieve the assessment
results.
Configuration options
By default, ALM Octane checks Fortify on Demand every 2 minutes for 48 hours to see if the scan
is finished. If there are more than 100 vulnerabilities, ALM Octane retrieves none.
All these limits can be configured using the following configuration parameters:
l FORTIFY_POLLING_TIMEOUT_HOURS
l FORTIFY_POLLING_DELAY_MINUTES
l FORTIFY_UPPER_LIMIT_OF_ISSUES
See also:
l "Create and configure pipelines" on page 163
l "Track security vulnerabilities" on page 212
ChatOps integrations
This section provides instructions for integrating a ChatOps application with ALM Octane.
Topic Description
"Set up Slack" How to set up Slack so stakeholders of a backlog item or a pipeline run failure
below can collaborate and communicate.
Set up Slack
Integrating with Slack enables all stakeholders of a backlog item or a pipeline run failure to
collaborate and communicate.
In this topic:
l "Overview" below
l "Configure integration with Slack" below
l "Create a Slack app for ALM Octane (on-premises)" on the next page
Overview
When you set up integration with Slack, you add your ALM Octane workspace to a Slack
workspace. Then, users can open Slack channels for discussions from within ALM Octane items.
For details, see "Collaborate with an item's stakeholders" on page 79.
If you configure the integration to expose ALM Octane data on Slack channels, information from
the backlog item is sent to the channel.
Note: You can add your ALM Octane workspace to only one Slack workspace.
We recommend using different Slack workspaces for different ALM Octane workspaces.
If you do not have such a workspace, click the link in the Add Collaboration Tool dialog box
to open Slack and create a workspace.
l When creating a new Slack workspace, make sure to use an email address that you can
access. Slack sends a confirmation code to this address as part of the process.
You can use the same email address to create different Slack workspaces.
l You can add members to the Slack workspace at any time.
When you finish creating the Slack workspace, go back to the ALM Octane browser tab.
6. Consider carefully whether to allow exposing internal ALM Octane information on the Slack
channel.
If you select the checkbox for this option in the Add Collaboration Tool dialog box, ALM
Octane sends information about the relevant backlog items to the Slack channels it opens.
Note: You can modify this setting at any time in the collaboration tool grid.
For details, see the ALM Octane Installation and Administration Guide .
1. Using a Slack account that belongs to ALM Octane's site admin, create a new Slack app for
ALM Octane to use.
One Slack application can serve many ALM Octane instances. For detailed instructions, see
https://api.slack.com/slack-apps.
2. Complete the new Slack app's configuration and activate distribution:
a. In Add features and Functionality, click Permissions and select any permission scope.
ALM Octane does not rely on this configuration.
b. In Manage Distribution, click Distribute App and configure sharing your app with other
workspaces. Add an OAuth Redirect URL with ALM Octane's URL.
Add the URL in the following format (port number is optional) and click Save URLs:
http://<ALM Octane hostname / IP address> {:<port number>}/internal-api
For example, http://myServer.myCompany.com:8081/internal-api
c. In Remove Hard Coded Information, select the check box.
d. Click the button to activate distribution.
e. At https://api.slack.com/apps, make sure the app's distribution status is Distribution
activated.
3. Provide ALM Octane with the credentials required for working on behalf of the Slack app you
created.
a. In the Slack app's Basic Information > App Credentials area, locate the Client ID and
Client Secret.
b. Enter the client ID and secret values respectively into the ALM Octane configuration
parameters: SLACK_INTEGRATION_CLIENT_ID, SLACK_INTEGRATION_SECRET.
For details, see "Set configuration parameters (technical preview)" on page 479.
IDE integrations
This section provides instructions for integrating integrated development environments (IDEs)
with ALM Octane.
For a feature support matrix, see "Functionality supported by IDE integrations" on page 304.
Topic Description
"Work in IntelliJ IDEA" How to do your ALM Octane work directly from the IntelliJ IDEA IDE.
on the next page To do so, install the ALM Octane plugin for IntelliJ IDEA.
"Work in Eclipse How to do your ALM Octane work directly from Eclipse IDEs, such as
Oxygen IDEs" on Neon and Mars. To do so, install the ALM Octane plugin for Eclipse.
page 440
"Work in the Microsoft How to do your ALM Octane work directly from the Microsoft Visual
Visual Studio IDE " on Studio development framework. To do so, install the ALM Octane
page 448 plugin for Visual Studio.
Work in IntelliJ IDEA
You can do your ALM Octane work directly from the IntelliJ IDEA IDE. To do so, install the ALM
Octane plugin for IntelliJ IDEA.
Limitations: User-defined fields are not accessible from IntelliJ IDEA.
In this topic:
l "About the ALM Octane plugin for IntelliJ IDEA" below
l "Prerequisites" below
l "Download and install the ALM Octane plugin for IntelliJ IDEA" on the next page
l "Connect to ALM Octane" on page 435
l "Work on your ALM Octane items" on page 436
Prerequisites
1. Verify that your operating system is supported:
l Windows 10 (Normal and Darcula themes)
l Ubuntu 16.04
l macOS 10.12
Tip: You can also look for the plugin in the IntelliJ store and install it directly using the
Browse Repositories… button.
https://<server>:<port>/ui/?p=<spaceID>/<workspaceID>
3. Enter the user name and password for logging into ALM Octane.
4. Click Test connection.
You can now work with ALM Octane from within IntelliJ IDEA.
This section describes how to do your ALM Octane from ALM Octane's My Work tab.
When you start another session, the ALM Octane IntelliJ IDEA plugin remembers what you
were working on last time, and opens tabs in the ALM Octane pane accordingly.
Most ALM Octane items are available from the IDE.
You can use the buttons to refresh the display, and to expand or collapse the My
Work categories.
Tip: To indicate that you are working on a particular item, and associate code changes
with the item, right-click the item in the My Work list, and choose Start work. When
you are done, right-click and choose Stop work.
Click to choose which fields to see. You can also choose None or All. These settings only
affect you. When you start another session, the ALM Octane IntelliJ IDEA plugin remembers
your field selection.
To display the details of an item in ALM Octane, click the item name, which is a link.
3. Search for items
You can search the list of items in My Work. The search results are opened in a new tab.
The plugin remembers the last five searches you ran. Click to select one and re-run the
search.
The search runs in the scope of the current IntelliJ IDEA project only.
Tip: The search looks through all ALM Octane items, not just the ones assigned to
you. You can use the search to assign an item to yourself.
If the file already exists, you are prompted to overwrite it. Alternatively, you can cancel, and
first rename the original script.
6. Commit changes with auto-complete
You can declare to the SCM system, such as Git, that you have started work on an item. This
means that when you commit your changes for that item, the commit message is auto-
completed.
You can commit changes for user stories, quality stories, defects, or active tasks.
Also, the item appears as a button in the toolbar in IntelliJ IDEA. You can click
this button to open the item's details in a tab.
The auto-complete format for the commit message contains the type and the item ID,
followed by a colon (:). After the colon, enter more details for your commit message.
If committing tasks, the item related to the task (such as a story or defect) is also included.
To cancel the auto-complete of the commit message, in My Work, right-click the item and
choose Stop work.
Tip: You can also manually edit commit messages, without using auto-complete. For
details, see "Track changes committed to your Source Control Management system"
on page 199.
See also:
l "ALM Octane DevOps integrations" on page 298
Overview
Using the plugin, developers can connect to an ALM Octane workspace, view ALM Octane items,
and make updates.
The plugins are open source. To access the source code, see
https://github.com/MicroFocus/octane-eclipse-plugin.
Prerequisites
1. Verify that your operating system is supported:
l Windows 10
l Windows 8
l Windows 7
l macOS 10.12
3. Enter a name for the software in the Add Repository dialog box.
4. Click Select All and Next twice.
5. Accept the terms, and click Finish.
6. Restart the Eclipse IDE.
7. Continue to "Connect to ALM Octane" on the next page.
https://<server>:<port>/ui/?p=<spaceID>/<workspaceID>
3. Enter the user name and password for logging into ALM Octane.
4. Click Test connection.
Tip: In Eclipse, if prompted, you can specify password hints for recovering your password.
You can now work with ALM Octane from within Eclipse.
This section describes how to do your ALM Octane from the ALM Octane's My Work tab.
1. Open the ALM Octane My Work tab
Choose Window > Show View > Other. Then expand Octane: My Work and select the
connection. The My Work tab opens, displaying work assigned to you. Use the checkboxes in
the My Work tab to filter which items you can see.
When you start another session, the ALM Octane Eclipse plugin remembers what you were
working on last time, and opens tabs in the ALM Octane pane accordingly.
Most ALM Octane items are available from the IDE.
You can see the comments in which you are mentioned. From a comment, you can navigate
to the item that has the comment. To do this, double-click.
Tip: To indicate that you are working on a particular item, and associate code changes
with the item, right-click the item in the My Work pane, and choose Start work. A
green triangle on the item icon indicates that you are "on it." When you are done,
right-click and choose Stop work.
2. View details
Double-click any item to open its details in a separate pane.
Click to choose which fields to see. You can also choose None or All. These settings only
affect you. When you start another session, the ALM Octane Eclipse plugin remembers your
field selection.
Tip: You can also open the item directly in ALM Octane in a browser. Right-click the
item in the My Work pane, and choose:
l View in Browser (System). This opens the item in a new browser window.
l View in Browser (Eclipse). This opens the item in a new pane in the current Eclipse
IDE.
To return to the regular Eclipse IDE view, right-click the item and choose Details View.
3. Search for items
You can search the list of items in the My Work pane and display the results in a new tab, the
relevant items based on search criteria. Enter a search string in the search box. The search
results are opened in a new pane.
The plugin remembers the last five searches you ran. Click to select one and re-run the
search.
The search runs in the scope of the current Eclipse project only.
Tip: The search looks through all ALM Octane items, not just the ones assigned to
you. You can use the search to assign an item to yourself.
As you implement stories and fix defects in Eclipse, update your ALM Octane items.
l Move the status of an item from one phase to another, according to the defined ALM
If the file already exists, you are prompted to overwrite it. Alternatively, you can cancel,
and first rename the original script.
6. Commit changes with generated messages
You can declare to the SCM system, such as Git, that you have started work on an item in
an Eclipse project. This means that when you commit changes for that item, automatically-
generated text can be copied and pasted into the commit message for the item.
You can commit changes for user stories, quality stories, defects, or active tasks.
a. In the My Work pane, right-click a user story, a quality story, a defect, or an active task.
b. Choose Start work. A "play button" appears on the icon for the item.
Also, the item appears as a button in the toolbar in Eclipse. You can click this
button to open the item's details in a tab.
c. To generate the text for the commit message and copy it into the clipboard, right-click
and select Commit Message to Clipboard.
d. Commit your changes. In the Git Staging area, paste the contents of the clipboard into
the Commit Message area.
The format for the commit message contains the type and the item ID, followed by a
colon (:). After the colon, enter more details for your commit message.
For tasks, the item related to the task (such as a story or defect) is also included.
To cancel the commit message, in the My Work pane, right-click the item and choose Stop
work.
You can also manually edit commit messages. For details, see "Track changes committed to
your Source Control Management system" on page 199.
See also:
l "ALM Octane DevOps integrations" on page 298
Overview
Using the plugin, developers can connect to an ALM Octane workspace, view ALM Octane items,
and make updates.
The plugins are open source.
The plugins support two-way integration:
l The plugin updates all data in the host Visual Studio application.
l Changes made in Visual Studio impact data in ALM Octane.
Prerequisites
1. Verify that your operating system is supported:
l Windows 10
l Windows 8
l Windows 7
https://<server>:<port>
3. Enter the user name and password for logging into ALM Octane.
You can now work with ALM Octane from within Visual Studio.
When you start another session, the ALM Octane Visual Studio plugin remembers what you
were working on last time, and opens tabs in the ALM Octane pane accordingly.
Most ALM Octane items are available from the IDE.
2. View an item's details
Double-click most items to open their details in a separate pane.
Click to choose which fields to see. These settings only affect you. When you start
another session, the ALM Octane Visual Studio plugin remembers your field selection.
l Open the item directly in ALM Octane in a browser. Press Alt and double-click the
item in the ALM Octane pane.
l Right-click the item and choose one of the following options from the context
menu: Show Details and Open in Browser.
Tip: The search looks through all ALM Octane items, not just the ones assigned to
you. You can use the search to assign an item to yourself.
Enter a search string in the search box. The search results are opened in a new pane.
The plugin remembers the last five searches you ran. Click the drop-down arrow to select one
and re-run the search.
4. Update your items
As you implement stories and fix defects in Visual Studio, update your ALM Octane items.
l Move the status of an item from one phase to another, according to the defined ALM
See also:
l "ALM Octane DevOps integrations" on page 298
Reporting integrations
This section provides instructions for integrating reporting and business intelligence (BI) tools
with ALM Octane.
Topic Description
"OData support for How to use OData (Open Data Protocol) to extend and improve
extended reporting reporting capabilities, above and beyond the functionality provided
(technical preview)" by ALM Octane dashboard widgets.
below
Overview
This overview describes the use cases for using the OData standard to access ALM Octane.
You can retrieve ALM Octane data over OData with reporting and business intelligence tools.
You can use these reporting and business intelligence tools that support OData (such as Power
BI) to generate reports and charts, instead of relying only on ALM Octane dashboard widgets.
Connect to ALM Octane's OData support from the application's interface.
Prerequisites
Request that the site admin or the space admin activate basic authentication with the SUPPORTS_
BASIC_AUTHENTICATION configuration parameter for each space. For details, see "SUPPORTS_
BASIC_AUTHENTICATION" on page 501.
<https://server>/odata/v2/shared_spaces/<space_ID>/workspaces/<workspace_ID>/
Troubleshooting: If ALM Octane does not respond successfully to an OData consumer request, it
might be because the base URL used to refer to ALM Octane is different than expected. Consider
modifying ODATA_USE_SERVER_BASE_URL and SERVER_BASE_URL as described under
"Configuration parameters" on page 480.
Authenticating
To work with OData, review the prerequisites for basic authentication under "Prerequisites"
above, and then authenticate with basic authentication.
Caution: Activating basic authentication enables external systems to access ALM Octane
using this authentication method, not just OData.
Tip: When working with basic authentication, on each successful authentication, ALM
Octane includes the LWSSO_COOKIE_KEY cookie in the response. We recommend that you
send the LWSSO_COOKIE_KEY cookie with each subsequent OData request for enhanced
performance. For details, see the information about the LWSSO_COOKIE_KEY in the
Developer Help.
Enter the user name and password for basic authentication and click Connect.
2. Now we have connected and can see all ALM Octane entities. Let's start creating our report.
To see only stories, click on stories and then Edit.
For our report, let's select the ID, name, release, and tests columns.
Releases and tests are references to other entities. We can get more information about releases
and tests by clicking on the right button for each column to expand them.
Click the button for the release. We would like the name of the release, so we select name.
Similarly, click the button for tests, and then select the name and ID attributes.
Let's filter for items in release 2.2.
See also:
l Information about OData in the Developer Help
To view configuration pages, click Settings to open the configuration area of ALM Octane.
This area is available to administrators only.
With shared spaces, you can manage multiple projects or products, and apply common settings to
all workspaces, such as rules and users.
Administrators can switch between workspaces to which they are assigned.
In this topic:
• Installation guides 465
• Initial setup 465
• Log in to Settings 465
• Set preferences 465
• Learn about spaces and workspaces 466
• The configuration flow 466
• Site configuration (on-premises) 467
• Administer the site (on-premises) 468
• Manage licenses (on-premises) 474
• Set configuration parameters (technical preview) 479
• Set up LDAP (on-premises) 502
• Change passwords 511
• Space configuration 513
• Manage spaces 514
• Manage workspaces 519
• Manage users 524
• Assign roles and permissions 529
• Set up a release 535
• Manage teams 540
• Design forms 543
• Customize fields 547
• Set up lists 553
• Set up workflow phases and transitions 557
• Set up rules 568
Installation guides
This section lists available installation guides for ALM Octane. Printer-friendly documentation is
available for each guide in Adobe portable document format (PDF).
Initial setup
This topic describes the flow and tasks for initially setting up and configuring ALM Octane. Most
setup and administrative tasks are done in the Settings area of ALM Octane.
Some topics are relevant only for on-premises.
In this topic:
l "Log in to Settings" below
l "Set preferences" below
l "Learn about spaces and workspaces" on the next page
l "The configuration flow" on the next page
Log in to Settings
To configure, log into the Settings area.
Admin permissions are required (site admin, workspace admin, space admin, and so on).
Set preferences
You can set preferences using the Settings drop-down menu.
Before users can work effectively in the product, we recommend that admins create and configure
the following:
l Spaces and workspaces.
On-premises: For on-premises, the site admin creates spaces that will be containers for all the
workspaces in your environment. Spaces can be isolated or shared. For details, see "Create
spaces for a site" on page 471.
Then, for both on-premises and SaaS, the space admin creates workspaces that will be
containers for all the items that define your environment:
l Put workspaces that will share data in the same shared space.
Next steps:
l "Site configuration (on-premises)" below
l "Space configuration" on page 513
Topic Description
"Administer the site (on- Instructions for managing the overall site, such as ALM
premises)" below Octane database servers, mail servers, and logs.
"Set configuration parameters How admins can set configuration parameters for the site
(technical preview)" on page 479 and spaces.
"Change passwords" on page 511 How all users can change their passwords, or have an
administrator change their passwords for them.
Manage servers
You can perform the following server management actions in Settings .
Click Site and then click the Servers tab.
Task How to
Refresh the status of the Click the relevant server, and then click .
servers to test
connectivity.
Change log details. In the Application Logs area, click the log file name, change the
Level and Max Size, and click Save.
l Path
The path of the log file. (Read only)
The log is written to the relevant log file in the specified path,
according to the context in which you are working.
Example: When you are working in the context of the main ALM
Octane application, the log is written to the app.log file located
in Path.
l Level
Determines the severity of the events to include in the log.
Valid values are: Fatal, Error, Warn, Info, Debug, Trace.
Note: If you change the log level to Debug, make sure to change
it back when you are finished debugging.
l Max Size
When the log size reaches this maximum size in MB, a new log
file opens.
Change the database In the Database Servers area, click the server name, change the
admin password. Admin password, and click Save.
Change the mail server In the Mail Servers are, click the server name, change the Host
host name and port. name and Port, and click Save.
Delete a user
Note: Before deleting in ALM Octane, SaaS operators should delete the user from the
system before deleting the user in ALM Octane.
Limitation: The ability to erase all traces of deleted users is not supported for SaaS.
We strongly recommend that you manage an external file that maps deleted ALM Octane
users to reference codes.
Enter a reference code for the user from this external file.
Internally, references to the user are replaced by this reference code in ALM Octane.
If you do not enter a reference code, the user is not deleted.
For details on how to configure the site to erase deleted users' details, see the FORGET_
USER_ON_DELETE configuration parameter under "LOGIN_PAGE_NOTICE " on page 494.
Note that setting the value for this parameter only affects how users are deleted from this
point forward. Setting this parameter to true does not erase the details of already-deleted
users.
Tip: You can also delete multiple users using the REST API. For details, see the Developer
Help.
Tip: You can create exception files to list any warnings to ignore when ALM Octane
creates spaces using an existing schema. This is useful if the DBA manually added
objects, such as tables, indexes, and so on, to the database schema. For details, see
Using exception files for manual database changes.
4. Create workspaces and associate them with the space. For details, see "Manage workspaces"
on page 519.
Upgrade spaces
After upgrading from a previous ALM Octane version, check if any spaces must be upgraded.
Upgrade these spaces using the instructions below.
Upgrading The space is waiting to be sent for upgrade but the upgrade has not yet
started. When the upgrade is actually in progress, the current step being
processed is displayed. See the status "Step # of #" below.
The number of spaces that can be upgraded concurrently is limited.
No action necessary.
Step # of # As the upgrade progresses, the current step and operation are displayed.
No action necessary.
Note: Until all of the background jobs have completed, some data may be unavailable in
trend graphs.
View sessions
You can see information about each session that logged into ALM Octane. This includes:
l The user ID that logged in
l The type of access for the session (UI, API user, or API key)
l The IP address used for the session
l The duration of the session
To view sessions, click Site and then click the Servers tab.
See also:
l "Assign roles and permissions" on page 529
l "Manage spaces" on page 514
l "Set configuration parameters (technical preview)" on page 479
l The information about setting configuration parameters using the REST API in the Developer
Help
l If you need to deactivate a user to release a license, the site admin should deactivate the user at
the site level. If you deactivate a user at the shared space or workspace level, their license is not
released.
For details on how to work with the octane.yml file, refer to the ALM Octane Installation Guide .
7. In cell I2, directly under the heading Active Sessions, paste the following formula:
=COUNTIFS(G$2:G2, ">="&A2)+COUNTBLANK( G$2:G2)
The Active Sessions column now shows the number of sessions that are active at every given
session start time.
Note: In this formula, column A represents Start time and column G represents End
time. The formula assumes that you have followed the previous steps, and now have
all the columns as displayed above. If you change the order of the columns or remove
columns, you need an understanding of Excel to modify the formula accordingly. For
example, if you move Start time to column F, you would change the formula to
=COUNTIFS(G$2:G2, ">="&F2)+COUNTBLANK( G$2:G2)
8. Select the Start time and Active Sessions columns, using Ctrl-click for multiple selection.
9. In the Excel toolbar, select Insert > Recommended Charts. Generate one of the following
graphs: Scatter with smooth lines for ongoing data, or Clustered Bar Chart to see maximum
usage per day. Here's an example of a scatter chart:
For details about Enterprise and Pro capabilities, see "ALM Octane editions" on page 53.
Note: To enable license sharing, you need to set up a connection between the ALM Octane
server and the ALM or QC server. If there is a Forward proxy server between the systems
that requires authentication, license sharing cannot be configured.
l url . Enter the full path that you use to access ALM or QC .
l almIntegrationUser. Enter the user that you defined in ALM or QC for the integration.
l almIntegrationPassword. Enter the password for the above user. This password is
automatically encrypted after you restart the ALM Octane server.
Note: If you are using an LDAP user in ALM or QC whose password changes
periodically, you will need to regularly update the password here to maintain
license sharing.
3. Restart ALM Octane. ALM Octane is now updated with the allocated licenses.
If there is a connectivity problem such as network issues or changes to user or password, an email
is sent to the ALM Octane administrator describing the problem. Details are written to site.log.
Users will be able to log in to ALM Octane for a limited time, enabling you to fix the problem
before access is blocked.
If you add licenses to the designated project in ALM or QC , ALM Octane can take up to 3 hours
to update the license allocation.
See also:
l "ALM Octane editions" on page 53
Overview
Admins can set configuration parameters from the Site and Spaces areas in Settings.
Tip: Admins can also set configuration parameters using the REST API. For details, see
the information about setting configuration parameters in the Developer Help.
The following table shows which types of parameters admins can configure.
The values of parameters set on the space level override the values of the same parameters set at
the site level. For example, if a site admin sets a site-level parameter called DEFAULT_LANGUAGE
to lang.en for English, and the space admin changes the same DEFAULT_LANGUAGE parameter
on the site level to lang.de, the default language for the space will be English while the rest of the
site will be in German.
See also:
l "Configuration parameters" below
l Setting configuration parameters in the Developer Help.
Configuration parameters
This reference contains all publicly-available configuration parameters, including configuration
parameters for the site and spaces.
To set configuration parameters:
l In Settings: See "Set configuration parameters (technical preview)" on the previous page.
l With the REST API: Setting configuration parameters in the Developer Help.
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
ALLOW_HTTP_METHOD_ Enables override method through HTTP header. This is not enabled for
OVERRIDE GET requests.
Type: boolean
Default: false
ALLOW_WORKSPACE_USERS_ Enables or prevents the workspace admin from doing the following, using
CREATION both the ALM Octane UI and from the REST API:
ATTACHMENTS_FILE_ Defines a list of prohibited extensions for file types for ALM Octane
EXTENSION_BLACK_LIST attachments.
After saving this parameter, any extensions listed in this value are
removed from the list of permitted extensions in the ATTACHMENTS_
FILE_EXTENSION_WHITE_LIST configuration parameter. The extensions
are removed for the entire site and all spaces.
Type: string
Default:
empty
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
ATTACHMENTS_FILE_ Defines a list of the permitted extensions for file types for ALM Octane
EXTENSION_WHITE_LIST attachments.
Note: You can also add additional, custom file extensions to the list of
permitted extensions for ALM Octane attachments. The file types (mime
types) must be one of ALM Octane's supported mime types, but you can
choose any extension you like. For details, see the EXTENSION_TO_MIME_
TYPE configuration parameter.
Type: string
Default:
ngalink; links;
jpg; bmp; png;
pdf; word; doc;
docx; msg; xml;
xls; xlsx; ppt;
pptx; zip; txt;
wmv; mp4; m4p;
mkv; vob; log;
wrf; fbr; jpeg
ATTACHMENTS_URL_DOMAIN_ Defines a list of the permitted domains for ALM Octane attachment URLs.
WHITE_LIST
Used only if ATTACHMENTS_URL_ENABLE_DOMAIN_WHITE_LIST is set
to true.
Type: string
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
ATTACHMENTS_URL_ENABLE_ Enables or disables usage of the domain white list validation of attachment
DOMAIN_WHITE_LIST URL, as enabled as defined with ATTACHMENTS_URL_DOMAIN_WHITE_
LIST.
Type: boolean
Default: false
AUDIT_LOG_FILE_MAX_SIZE Defines the maximum size (in KB) of each audit log file.
Type: integer
Default: 10240
Minimum: 1024
Maximum: 102400
AUDIT_LOG_FILE_ROLLING_SIZE Defines the number of audit log files that are retained.
Type: integer
Default: 10
Minimum: 10
Maximum: 100
AUTHENTICATION_DELAY_ On-premises: Sets whether user login attempts are monitored for
ACTIVE suspicious activity. By setting this, the AUTHENTICATION_DELAY_
SECONDS, and the AUTHENTICATION_MAX_ATTEMPTS site
configuration parameters, you can control if ALM Octane ignores or
prevents suspicious login attempts.
For details on how ALM Octane handled login attempts, see the audit log.
Type: boolean
Default: true
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
After setting this site configuration parameter, restart the ALM Octane
server.
Type: integer
Default: 15 seconds
Type: integer
Default: 3
CLUSTERING_MAX_TESTS_ Defines the number to be used as a threshold for test clustering analysis.
THRESHOLD For example, if this parameter is set to 200, and more than 200 tests fail
for a pipeline run, ALM Octane does not analyze clustering.
Type: integer
Default: 200
Minimum: 0
Maximum: 50000
Type: integer
Default: 1000
Maximum: 10000
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
DEFAULT_LANGUAGE The default language for the site or the shared space.
Type: string
Default: lang.en
Values:
English: lang.en
French: lang.fr
German: lang.de
Japanese: lang.jpn
Russian: lang.ru
Simplified Chinese: lang.chs
Spanish: lang.esp
Note: These are the values are currently supported. Support for some of
these languages may be discontinued, and support for others might be
added.
Type: boolean
Default: true
Type: boolean
Default: true
Customizable for: Both site and space
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
ENABLE_SPRINTER_USAGE Defines whether users see the toggle switch in Settings, which enables
them to use Sprinter to run manual tests.
Type: boolean
Default: true
ENABLE_STORAGE_ MAX_SIZE_ Defines whether the maximum size for storage of files should be validated.
VALIDATION
Type: boolean
Default: true
EXTENSION_TO_MIME_TYPE Enables site admins to add additional, custom file extensions to the list of
permitted extensions for ALM Octane attachments, as defined with
configuration parameter "ATTACHMENTS_FILE_EXTENSION_WHITE_
LIST" on page 482.
The file types (mime types) must be one of ALM Octane's supported mime
types, but you can choose any extension you like.
Type: string
Example:
ext1=text/plain;
ext2=text/plain
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
EXTERNAL_HELP_URL Whether the ALM Octane Help Center opens on the cloud or on the local
server.
FILE_EXTENSION_WHITE_LIST_ File extensions that are allowed to be downloaded via open attachments,
DOWNLOAD the REST API, or FTP Explorer.
Type: string
Default: txt;doc;docx
FAILURE_ANALYSIS_INSIGHT_ Defines the percentage of failed tests above which the tests and their
TEST_FAILURE_THRESHOLD corresponding builds are displayed as failure analysis insight cards for a
specific pipeline.
This threshold is relevant only for quality insight issues, such as “QUALITY
- Committers related to most test failures” and “QUALITY – Builds with
most failed tests.”
Type: integer
Default: 20
Minimum: 0
Maximum: 100
FILE_EXTENSION_WHITE_LIST_ File extensions that are allowed to be uploaded via open attachments,
UPLOAD extended storage, the REST API, or FTP Explorer.
Type: string
Default: txt;doc;docx
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
FORGET_USER_ON_DELETE Determines if ALM Octane should erase all user details when a user is
deleted, from this point forward. Internally, a user-specified reference code
is used as a substitute for the details.
After modifying this parameter, make sure to reload ALM Octane Settings
before deleting users.
Type: boolean
Default: false
FORTIFY_POLLING_DELAY_ Sets the interval for checking if Fortify on Demand has finished scanning
MINUTES (in minutes).
Type: integer
Default: 2
FORTIFY_POLLING_ TIMEOUT_ Determines when ALM Octane should stop checking to see if Fortify on
HOURS Demand has finished scanning (in hours).
Type: integer
Default: 48
FORTIFY_UPPER_LIMIT_OF_ Sets how many issues ALM Octane should retrieve from Fortify on Demand.
ISSUES
Type: integer
Default 100
Maximum: 500
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
GDPR_NOTICE_BODY Defines the terms for personal data processing to display in a dialog box
when first-time users log in to ALM Octane.
The text cannot exceed 1000 characters, so for long notices, use a link to a
different page. When linking to another page, we recommend you use the
target="_blank" attribute to open the notice in a different window.
Tip: You can set a title for the dialog box using the GDPR_NOTICE_TITLE
configuration parameter.
Type: string
Default: blank
Maximum number of characters: 1000
Examples:
l Welcome to ThisCompany.<br/>Only authorized users allowed.
l Welcome to ThisCompany.<br/>See <a
href="https://www.thiscompany.com" target="_blank" > my
terms.</a><br/>By logging in, you are acknowledging these terms and
signifying your acceptance and willingness to use this product
accordingly.
Customizable for: Both site and space
GDPR_NOTICE_TITLE Defines the title of the dialog box that displays the terms for personal data
processing when first-time users log in to ALM Octane.
Type: string
Default: blank
Maximum number of characters: 1000
Customizable for: Both site and space
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
If the user does not consent, the user cannot log in.
If the user does consent, the date and time of the consent is stored in the
user's GDPR consent time field at the site level.
Type: boolean
Default: false
Customizable for: Both site and space
IMPORT_TESTS_FUSE Defines the maximum number of tests that can be imported in one import
operation.
Type: integer
Default: 300
IMPORT_WORK_ITEMS_FUSE Defines the maximum number of work items (epics, features, stories,
defects) that can be imported in one import operation.
Type: integer
Default: 1000
LIST_NODE_CHILDREN_ Defines the maximum number of values that can be added to a user-
AMOUNT_PARAM_ID defined list.
Default: 150
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
LOG_APPENDER_MAX_SIZE Defines the maximum size for each Apache Log4j appender (in MB).
<log>Appender=#;<log>Appender=#;<log>Appender=#
Where:
Types:
l string for the list of log appenders
l integer for each log size
Example:
appAppender=16;
siteAppender=20;
restAppender=11
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
<log_file>=<level>; <log_file>=<level>
Types:
l string for the list of logs
l string for each level
Example:
com.hp.mqm.dal=DEBUG;
com.hp.mqm.test=WARN
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
LOG_ROOT_LEVEL Changes the log level for specific Apache Log4j appenders.
<log>Appender=<level>;<log>Appender=<level>;<log>Appender=<level>
Where:
Types:
l string for the list of logs
l string for each level
Example:
appAppender=WARN;
siteAppender=ERROR;
restAppender=TRACE
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
LOGIN_PAGE_NOTICE On-premises: Sets html text to display at the bottom of the Login page
under the Login button.
The text cannot exceed 1000 characters, so for long notices, use a link to a
different page.
LOGO_TEXT Sets the text to display at the top left of ALM Octane, such as the company
name.
This parameter can be set both at the site level and at the shared space
level. The shared space level parameter overrides the value set at the site
level.
Type: string
Default: ALM OCTANE
Customizable for: Both site and space
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
MAIL_ATTACH_MAX_SIZE Sets the maximum file size (in KB) for attachments to mail sent from ALM
Octane.
Type: integer
Default: 10485760
Minimum: 10240
Maximum: 10485760
MAIL_ATTACH_TOTAL_MAX_ Sets the total maximum file size (in KB) for all attachments to mail sent
SIZE from ALM Octane.
Type: integer
Default: 10485760
Minimum: 10240
Maximum: 10485760
MAIL_FOOTER Defines the footer (rich text) for emails. Can be blank.
Type: string
Customizable for: Both site and space
Type: string
Default: HTML
Valid values:
l HTML
l TEXT
MAIL_HEADER Defines the header (rich text) for emails. Can be blank.
Type: string
Customizable for: Both site and space
Type: string
Default: UTF-8
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
Type: string
Default: smtp
You can also set the host in the ALM Octane UI: Settings > Site > Servers
tab.
Type: string
You can also set the port in the ALM Octane UI: Settings > Site > Servers
tab.
Type: integer
Default: 25
MAX_ ACTIVE_USERS_PER_ The maximum number of active users per shared space.
SHAREDSPACE
Type: integer
Default: 1000
MAX_ATTACHMENT_COUNT_ The maximum number of attachments that can be added to any one
PER_ENTITY entity.
Type: integer
Default: 30
Customizable for: Both site and space
MAX_CARDS_TO_DISPLAY The maximum number of cards to display in the Board view of the board.
Type: integer
Default: 200
Customizable for: Both site and space
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
Type: integer
Default: 20000
Minimum: 5000
Maximum: 20000
MEMO_UDFS_LIMIT The maximum number of memo-type UDFs that can be defined per
workspace.
Type: numeric
Default: 10
Maximum: 30
Customizable for: Both site and space
MINUTES_UNTIL_GLOBAL_ The maximum number of minutes that the session lasts even if the session
SESSION_TIMEOUT is in use.
Type: integer
Default: 1440 minutes (24 hours)
MINUTES_UNTIL_IDLE_SESSION_ The maximum number of minutes that the session lasts while the session
TIMEOUT is not in use.
Type: integer
Default: 180 minutes (3 hours)
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
The ALM Octane server is often unaware of the base URL used to refer to it
from the outside world, because the base URL is often set at the proxy
server level.
Type: string
Example:
http://host.domain:8080
SHARED_SPACES_LOG_LEVEL Changes the log level for specific shared space logs.
<shared_space_ID>=<level>;<shared_space_ID>=<level>;<shared_space_
ID>=<level>
Type: string
Example:
1001=INFO;2001=WARN
Valid values:
l DEBUG
l WARN
l INFO
l WARN
l FATAL
l ERROR
l TRACE
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
SLACK_INTEGRATION_CLIENT_ When enabling Slack integration with ALM Octane, this parameter sets the
ID client ID for accessing Slack. You can find this in the Slack app's Basic
Information > App Credentials area.
Type: string
SLACK_INTEGRATION_SECRET When enabling Slack integration with ALM Octane, this parameter sets the
client secret for accessing Slack. You can find this in the Slack app's Basic
Information > App Credentials area.
Type: string
SMTP_ADMIN_MAIL Sets the "From" email address to be used when a user clicks the Send
Email button on the toolbar for an entity.
If blank, the mail is sent from the current user.
Type: string
Customizable for: Both site and space
Type: boolean
Default: false
Type: boolean
Default: false
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
SMTP_NOTIFICATION_SENDER_ Sets the "From" email address to be used when ALM Octane sends an
EMAIL email for notifications such as "follow" notifications or notifications from
rules.
l If his parameter is not specified, ALM Octane uses the value specified in
"SMTP_ADMIN_MAIL" on the previous page.
l If no values are specified for both this parameter and SMTP_ADMIN_
MAIL, no notifications are sent.
This parameter can be set both at the site level and at the shared space
level. The shared space level parameter overrides the value set at the site
level.
Type: string
Customizable for: Both site and space
Type: string
Type: boolean
Default: false
Type: string
STORAGE_MAX_FILE_SIZE Sets the maximum size for storage files, including attachments (in bytes).
This parameter is set at the site level, and not at the shared space level.
Type: integer
Default: 10000000
Minimum: 10000
Maximum: 100000000
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
STORAGE_MAX_SIZE Sets the maximum size for storage per shared space (in MB).
Available workspace storage is set on the space level, and not per
workspace. This means the amount of total available workspace storage is
shared between the workspaces in the space.
Type: integer
Default: 10000
Minimum: 6000
Maximum: 20000
SUPPORTS_BASIC_ Sets whether the basic authentication is activated for the REST API and
AUTHENTICATION OData per space.
TREE_COMPONENT_MAX_ Sets the limit for the number of items to display in the tree for the Backlog,
ITEMS_PER_PARENT Quality, and Requirement modules. Also sets the number of items to return
using the REST API.
If the tree contains a parent with more than this number of children, a
message displays indicating that not all items are displayed. You can
search for items by name if the one you need is not displayed.
Type: integer
Default: 500 (recommended, for performance reasons)
Customizable for: Both site and space, by site admin only
* Unless otherwise indicated, the configuration parameter is customizable on the site level only, and not per
space. *
WEBHOOK_ALLOW_HTTP If the URL specified in Trigger webhook rules can use the http protocol in
addition to the secure https protocol.
When using HTTP, use only the standard port 80 for outgoing requests,
Type: boolean
Default: false
Customizable for: Both site and space
WEBHOOK_REQUEST_TIMEOUT On-premises: The number of seconds to wait for the webhook response.
Type: integer
Default: 30 seconds
Minimum: 10 seconds
Maximum: 60 seconds
See also:
l "Set configuration parameters (technical preview)" on page 479
l Setting configuration parameters with the REST API in the Developer Help.
Caution: Once you set up LDAP authentication, you cannot continue using ALM Octane
built-in, native, internal user management. You cannot have a mix of users created with
ALM Octane internal user management and users imported from LDAP.
In this topic:
Plan Learn how ALM Octane works with LDAP for user management, and plan
accordingly. For details, see "Plan how to set up LDAP user authentication" on
the next page.
Configure Define LDAP settings in the octane.yml file either during installation or any
time after. For details, see how to configure other settings in the ALM Octane
Installation Guide.
Restart Restart the ALM Octane server. The LDAP settings defined in the octane.yml
file take effect each time you restart the ALM Octane server. For details on
restarting the server, see the ALM Octane Installation Guide .
Note: After restarting the server, any previously-defined native ALM Octane
users (both admins and regular) can no longer access the ALM Octane server.
Only the AdminDN user defined in the octane.yml file has access. The
AdminDN logs in using the specified dn (not using the name defined in
octane.yml).
Export users Export users using your LDAP configuration tool. For details, see "Export
from users from LDAP" on page 507.
LDAP system
Import Import LDAP users using the ALM Octane Settings area. LDAP users can be
LDAP users imported to the space or to the workspace. You need space admin or
into ALM workspace admin permissions, respectively. See "Import LDAP users into ALM
Octane Octane" on page 508.
Include Instead of exporting and importing all LDAP users as a batch operation, you
LDAP users can include LDAP users in the ALM Octane Settings area. For details, see "Set
in ALM up LDAP (on-premises)" on the previous page.
Octane
Important considerations
Once you configure for LDAP user management, you cannot return back to native, internal user
management.
ALM Octane does not support the management of both LDAP and native, internal users
simultaneously.
Native, internal users will not be able to log into ALM Octane after LDAP is configured. You have
to include or import them as LDAP users. Therefore, we recommend that you deactivate these
users after LDAP configuration.
Decide how to create ALM Octane users based on your organization's LDAP
system
You manage your users using your organization's LDAP system.
However, you use one of the following methods to take the details about existing users in your
LDAP system and import these details into ALM Octane:
Method Description
Export Export LDAP users to a .csv file, and then import the .csv file using ALM Octane
and settings. See "Import LDAP users into ALM Octane" on page 508. This is useful for
import first-time LDAP configuration, when you have many LDAP users to add to ALM
Octane at one time.
Include Include LDAP users in the ALM Octane Settings area. This is useful for adding
users LDAP users periodically, without having to re-export and re-import. See "Set up
LDAP (on-premises)" on page 502.
REST API You can create an LDAP user using the REST API by posting the user with certain
LDAP attributes.
You cannot use the REST API to import existing LDAP users from a .csv file. You
can only create new ones manually that represent the details of the existing users
in the LDAP system.
For details about using the REST API to create users, see the information about
creating LDAP users in the Developer Help.
Understand how ALM Octane identifies and adds users from LDAP
Learn how your LDAP users will map to existing users in ALM Octane, if any exist.
See "Mapping" below for how a summary of how ALM Octane maps ALM Octane and
LDAP attributes.
There is a match!
If either of these attributes matches, the imported LDAP user is considered existing.
ALM Octane updates the details of the existing, native ALM Octane user to those of the
corresponding LDAP user.
ALM Octane was not able to match an LDAP user to an ALM Octane user
The imported LDAP user is considered new.
ALM Octane creates new users using the details of the corresponding LDAP users. New users are
assigned to the default workspace with the team member role.
Mapping
Mappings are configured in the octane.yml file. For details, see how to configure other settings in
the ALM Octane Installation Guide .
l Lines for each user, containing the values for the attributes included in the header.
Example
entryDN,entryUUID,givenName,sn,cn,mail,telephoneNumber
"cn=admin1,ou=pcoe_alm_users,dc=maxcrc,dc=com","b5d4a886-2347-435a-8557-
e3d8561b5f38","Tony ","Stark ","Tony Stark ","TS@TheCompany.com",0133456789
"cn=admin10,ou=pcoe_alm_users,dc=maxcrc,dc=com","e2e455ad-9248-48bf-b6ce-
86ffc8d11f9c","Chris ","Thompson ","Chris Thompson
","CT@TheCompany.com",5223456789
"cn=admin11,ou=pcoe_alm_users,dc=maxcrc,dc=com","10fd9c99-3ea2-4a67-bb22-
053aef055635","Greg ","Santora ","Greg Santora
","GS@TheCompany.com",0120956789
"cn=admin2,ou=pcoe_alm_users,dc=maxcrc,dc=com","05f85a65-f661-4a0e-a21b-
567944b7e779","Kenny ","Smith ","Kenny Smith
","KS@TheCompany.com",0123456734
"cn=admin3,ou=pcoe_alm_users,dc=maxcrc,dc=com","54734767-2a83-4527-86d3-
260c893e52d8","Maria ","Jose ","Maria Jose ","MJ@TheCompany.com",0123555789
"cn=admin4,ou=pcoe_alm_users,dc=maxcrc,dc=com","96920f66-a0dd-4d38-b25f-
ee76e0bffd90","Peter ","Klein ","Peter Klein
","PK@TheCompany.com",0111156789
If your .csv file was exported in such a way that it contains an extra line between the header
line and the user lines, remove the extra line.
For an example of how to do this, see this KB article.
3. After exporting to the .csv file, verify the following using a simple text editor like Notepad
(not Microsoft Excel):
l The file contains all headers.
l The export process did not add additional columns. This is because some
Caution: Do not open the file in Microsoft Excel, even just for viewing purposes. This
is because opening a .csv file in Microsoft Excel can change the file to a non-csv
format. ALM Octane supports only the csv file format.
2. In Settings , choose Space, and select a space or workspace. This determines the context in
which you import the users.
Space Creates or updates space users.
New users are assigned to the default workspace with the team member role,
which is the default role for all new users until other roles are assigned.
Note: If you have more than one LDAP server, import each file separately.
l The LDAP server from which the .csv file was exported.
Click OK to import.
6. Check the response that is returned after the import. This includes the number of users
successfully imported, and errors for each user that did not import successfully.
The errors indicate specifically which users in the .csv file were not imported successfully.
Users are identified by the index of the line number in the .csv file, keeping in mind that the
first line is the header line and does not contain actual data.
If there are errors, resolve them in your LDAP user configuration tools or in the .csv file. Then
re-import the .csv file.
An error report can also be found in the server logs by the correlation ID. See the log site.log,
which is generally stored here: C:/octane/log/nga/site/site.log
3. Click .
A list of LDAP users that match your criteria is displayed.
LDAP users that are already in ALM Octane are not listed.
Tip: Up to 100 results are listed. If you get this many results, you may want to refine
your search criteria.
4. Select the users you want to include from the list of search results.
5. Click Include to add the users.
ALM Octane Settings. For details, see "Set up LDAP (on-premises)" on page 502. This is useful
when you have a few new LDAP users to add.
Here are some scenarios which would necessitate that you make LDAP updates, and how to make
the updates by importing.
User These changes include changes to a specific user attribute, such as the user's last
attribute name.
changes
Notes:
l You cannot change the ALM Octane user ID (uid) because this is the
attribute by which ALM Octane identifies each user internally for
synchronization between ALM Octane and LDAP, including importing.
l You can change the logonName attribute, but make sure the logonName is
LDAP server These changes include changes to a specific LDAP server attribute, such as the
changes LDAP server's ID or IP address.
If you update the LDAP server ID, you must also update your users in ALM
Octane. This is because the LDAP server details are included in the details for
each of the LDAP users.
To update LDAP server details:
1. Using your LDAP configuration tool on the new LDAP server, export the
users to a .csv file.
When you export user details, you must use the exact attributes listed in the
octane.yml file, and in the exact order the attributes are listed in the file.
2. In the octane.yml file, modify the details for the LDAP server. For details,
see the ALM Octane Installation Guide .
3. Restart your ALM Octane server. For details on how to restart your server,
see the ALM Octane Installation Guide .
4. In ALM Octane, re-import the .csv file. In the Import dialog, select the name
of the new LDAP server.
The details are updated for the users, including the server details.
See also:
l The octane.yml file. See how to configure other settings in the ALM Octane Installation
Guide.
l "Manage users" on page 524
Change passwords
Change your password or have an administrator change it for you.
In this topic:
l "Change your own password" below
l "Change another user's password (on-premises)" on the next page
SaaS
Log into MyAccount and change your password in the user area.
On-premises
On-premises users can follow these instructions to change their own passwords.
Note: If the space admin is not assigned any other role, the space admin cannot change
his/her own password.
Note: As a space admin, you can change passwords for any user, but you cannot change
your own password if that is your only assigned role.
See also:
l MyAccount User Guide
l "Manage users" on page 524
l "Set up LDAP (on-premises)" on page 502
Space configuration
This section provides instructions that site admins, space admins, and workspace admins can use
to configure spaces.
In addition to the instructions below, space admins can also set configuration parameters for
relevant spaces. For details, see "Set configuration parameters (technical preview)" on page 479.
Topic Description
"Manage spaces" on the next Instructions for managing both shared and isolated spaces.
page
"Manage users" on page 524 How to add users to spaces and workspaces, and delete them
or deactivate them when necessary.
"Assign roles and permissions" How to assign roles to users to give them specific permissions.
on page 529
"Set up a release" on page 535 How to set up releases in the relevant shared space or
workspace, and define its timeline and workforce.
"Manage teams" on page 540 How to create teams in each workspace, and assign the teams
to the releases on which they will work.
"Design forms" on page 543 How to choose which fields are included in a form, and design
the form’s layout.
"Customize fields" on How to create user-defined fields (UDFs), and change field
page 547 display names for both system fields and UDFs.
"Set up lists" on page 553 How to modify the values of system lists, and create your own
lists.
"Set up rules" on page 568 Instructions for designing rules that trigger actions in ALM
Octane when certain conditions are met.
"Set up workflow phases and How to set up your development workflow by defining
transitions" on page 557 phases and how to transition from phase to phase.
Manage spaces
In ALM Octane, there are different spaces, or contexts, within which you can work, depending on
your permissions. This topic discusses how to manage spaces.
In this topic:
l "About spaces" below
l "View spaces for a site (on-premises)" on page 516
l "Create a space (on-premises)" on page 516
l "Edit settings for a space" on page 517
l "Create workspaces" on page 517
l "Delete workspaces" on page 517
l "Manage users" on page 517
l "Manage storage" on page 519
l "Upgrade spaces (on-premises)" on page 519
l "See a space's background jobs (on-premises)" on page 519
About spaces
Spaces are the contexts in which an ALM Octane user can work, depending on permissions.
Spaces are containers for workspaces. For details on workspaces, see "Manage workspaces" on
page 519.
Space admins manage spaces. The space admin can associate workspaces to a space, define users,
and set API access. For details on the space admin's capabilities, see "Assign roles and permissions"
on page 529.
Some entities are defined on the space level. These include users, API keys, and so on.
The space admin can create the following types of spaces: Isolated and shared.
Isolated spaces
The space admin can define users and API access.
Each workspace associated with an isolated space has its own set of data, which only workspace
admins customize.
The icon indicates the space is isolated, and when displayed next to an entity, indicates that
the entity is not shared across workspaces.
Shared spaces
The space admin can define users and API access.
Additionally, the space admin can customize data to be shared across workspaces (Enterprise
Edition).
Shared entities includes releases, user-defined fields, forms, and so on.
The icon indicates the space is shared, and when displayed next to an entity, indicates that the
entity is shared across workspaces.
Some entities can be customized both for shared spaces (affecting all associated workspaces) and
also for individual workspaces. Only the workspace admin can customize entities for individual
workspaces.
Shared spaces
Customizable for
all workspaces associated
Customizable for shared with a shared space, and
spaces only, affecting all also for individual Customizable for individual
associated workspaces workspaces workspaces only
l List items l Releases and milestones l Teams
l API access l Forms
l Rules
l Users
l User-defined fields (UDFs)
l Workflow
Example
There are three development divisions in your company: Hardware, Software, and Internal.
The hardware, and its accompanying software, must be released on the same release schedule and
are made publicly available. Even though processes for these two divisions' deliverables might be
different, the release schedule is the same. Also, a subset of testers test both hardware and
software.
Internal development activities are on a different schedule and have nothing in common with the
other two divisions' activities.
l Create a workspace called Hardware, a workspace called Software, and a workspace called
Internal.
l Create a shared space called External_Deliverables. Add the Hardware and Software
workspaces to this shared space. These workspaces will share releases and users.
l Create an isolated space called Internal_Deliverables. Add the Internal workspace to this space.
The workspaces in this space will not share information with any other workspaces.
Create workspaces
Space admins create workspaces. The workspace admin then manages them.
2. Click Add Workspace in the left pane. Name the workspace, add a description, and assign
a workspace admin.
Workspace names are unique within a space.
3. Assign a workspace admin, workspace members, and users with other roles to the workspace.
For details, see "Assign or remove roles" on page 534.
Tip: If you need to edit the workspace settings, for example, to create releases, rules,
and so on, assign the workspace admin role to yourself.
Delete workspaces
Space admins can delete workspaces. This makes all workspace data inaccessible and cannot be
undone.
Every space has at least one active workspace. the default workspace. The original name of this
workspace is default_workspace. It can be renamed but it cannot be deleted.
If the workspace you last accessed is deleted, you are redirected to the another one.
Manage users
User management includes adding users, including existing users to workspaces, adding roles
to users, and so on.
Manage storage
Available workspace storage is set on the space level, and not per workspace. This means the
amount of total available workspace storage is shared between the workspaces in the space.
On-premises: Site admins can set the maximum size for storage per space with the STORAGE_
MAX_SIZE configuration parameter. For details, see the information about setting the maximum
size for storage (STORAGE_MAX_SIZE) in the ALM Octane Installation Guide .
Next steps:
l "Administer the site (on-premises)" on page 468
l "Manage workspaces" below
l "Assign roles and permissions" on page 529
Manage workspaces
Workspaces are individual work areas. Each workspace represents a project, program, or product
managed on the same ALM Octane site. This topic discusses how to manage workspaces.
In this topic:
l "About workspaces" on the next page
l "Create a workspace" on page 522
l "Edit workspace settings" on page 522
l "Manage users" on page 522
About workspaces
Workspaces are individual work areas, each representing a project, program, or product managed
on the same ALM Octane site.
Workspaces are associated with spaces. For details on workspaces, see "Manage spaces" on
page 514.
Every space has at least one active workspace. the default workspace. The original name of this
workspace is default_workspace. It can be renamed but it cannot be deleted.
Create a workspace
The space admin creates workspaces. For details, see "Create workspaces" on page 517.
Note: If some of these workspace settings are not available, they are probably shared
across multiple workspaces. Your space admin can make these updates for you on the
corresponding shared space.
Manage users
From the spaces pane, a workspace admin can manage users for a workspace.
Deleting workspaces
The space admin deletes workspaces. For details, see "Delete workspaces" on page 517.
On-premises: Site admins can set the maximum size for storage per space with the STORAGE_
MAX_SIZE configuration parameter. For details, see the information about setting the maximum
size for storage (STORAGE_MAX_SIZE) in the ALM Octane Installation Guide .
Next steps:
l "Manage spaces" on page 514
l "Assign roles and permissions" on page 529
Manage users
When starting your project in ALM Octane, add users to spaces and workspaces.
After you create users, assign roles to them. For details, see "Assign roles and permissions" on
page 529.
In this topic:
l On-premises: Import users from an LDAP server. For details, see "Set up LDAP (on-premises)"
on page 502.
l Include existing users from a space into a workspace. For details, see "Include existing users into
a workspace" on the next page.
l Use the REST API. For details, see the information about POSTing (creating) users in the
Developer Help.
Add a user
Add users to your spaces and workspaces.
To add a user:
1. In Settings , click Spaces.
2. Choose a space or a workspace in the tree on the left.
3. In the Users tab, click +.
On-premises: If you use LDAP user management, the + button is disabled. In this case,
perform user management tasks in your LDAP server. For details, see "Set up LDAP (on-
premises)" on page 502.
Note: If you use LDAP authentication, you cannot use ALM Octane native user
management.
If you specify a Login name, the user uses this name to log into ALM Octane. If no login name
is specified, the email address is used.
You or the user can change the password at a later time. For details, see "Change passwords"
on page 511.
5. Assign roles to users.
l Space admins assign roles to the user by workspace.
l Workspace admin assign roles to the user for their workspace only.
Edit a user
An admin can click the ID of a user in the Users grid to modify an existing user's details, including
his own.
You cannot change your own Login name, but another admin can change that for you.
For details on assigning roles, see "Assign roles and permissions" on page 529.
For details on changing passwords, see "Change passwords" on page 511.
Deactivate l The user cannot log into ALM Octane if they are not activated in at least one
a user workspace.
l Other cannot assign items to a deactivated user.
Deactivated users still exist in ALM Octane. In addition, references to these users
are retained.
We recommend that before you deactivate a user, check what entities assigned to
the user and update them as necessary.
If you reactivate a user, ALM Octane restores all existing settings for the user.
When you view the users in a shared space or workspace, the Status column in the grid shows you
Delete a user
Deleting a user removes the user from ALM Octane.
l On-premises: Site admins can delete a user. For details, see "Delete a user" on page 470.
l SaaS: Make sure to perform the following:
a. First, the SaaS account administrator either deletes the user from MyAccount or, if enabled,
removes ALM Octane from the user's list of allowed services.
b. Then, the ALM Octane space admin opens a support ticket to SaaS requesting that the
user be deleted in ALM Octane.
See also:
l "Manage spaces" on page 514
l "Manage workspaces" on page 519
l "Manage teams" on page 540
l "Set up LDAP (on-premises)" on page 502
l "Assign roles and permissions" below
In this topic:
l "Sharing roles and permissions between spaces" below
l "Permissions" on the next page
l "Predefined roles" on page 533
l "View roles and permissions" on page 533
l "Create roles" on page 533
l "Assign or remove roles" on page 534
Overview
ALM Octane provides roles with predefined sets of permissions. For details, see "Predefined roles"
on page 533.
If a user is assigned multiple roles, the user has the permissions of all the assigned roles. The space
admin can view the current permissions for each role.
Space admins can:
l Create new roles.
For details, see "Create roles" on page 533.
l Customize permissions, assigning different permissions for different items, such as defects,
Permissions
Permissions are assigned to roles, and are organized into functional categories, such as backlog,
administration, testing, and more.
To see the permissions available by role, select the Spaces > Permissions tab in Settings, and
select each role.
Permission categories
The following table lists the permissions available for each category. These permissions indicate:
l How users with the selected role can work with each item in the category.
l In some cases, whether a user with the selected role can perform additional actions related to
the category.
Category Description
Tests Permissions for working with all test types and also parameter tables.
Runs Permissions for working with runs for each type of test.
Category Description
General Permissions for the actions in this category apply across all of ALM Octane
System and are not related to any one functional category. For example, you can set
Actions permissions for sending email, managing environments, and so on.
Module Permissions for the actions in this category let you customize which roles
Visibility have UI access to each ALM Octane module. This is for convenience, so users
only see areas that are relevant to them.
Module visibility permissions do not affect the user's ability to perform actions
for items in the module. For example, a user has full permissions for defects,
but no permission to view the Defects module. This user can still view, update,
and create defects using the REST API or from other modules, such as
Backlog or Quality.
Permissions
After choosing a role, you can assign permissions by item. Most items have the standard Create,
Update, and Delete permissions available for assignment.
"By author" permissions are permissions that are granted only to the item's creator. For example,
"Delete by author" permissions for a test enables the test's designer to delete the test. Delete by
author" permissions for a defect enables the user who detected the defect to delete it. In these
cases, the user designated in the Owner field cannot delete the test or the defect because this user
did not create the item.
Some actions are relevant to specific categories only.
Example:
l You can set the permissions for running a pipeline for the Pipelines category only.
l You can set the permissions for ranking work items in the Backlog category only.
Some items have additional permissions, such as managing relations between items, performing
certain actions, or the ability to access certain modules.
There are also permissions that include a combination of other permissions:
l If your role is assigned the Manage Relations set of permissions, you automatically have create,
edit, and delete permissions for relations.
l If your role is allowed to create an item, you also have the ability to edit any item you create.
l If your role is allowed to create releases, teams, administration items, and Devops items, you can
also edit items created by others.
Predefined roles
You can assign one or more of the following predefined roles to users: Site admin (on-premises),
Space admin, Workspace admin, DevOps admin, Leader, Team member, Tester, Viewer,
Synchronizer admin.
To view the default permissions of these roles, see "View roles and permissions" below.
You can customize the permissions of the following roles: Workspace admin, DevOps admin,
Leader, Team member, Tester, and Viewer. For details, see "Edit permissions" below.
* Space admins can customize the permissions for this role.
Create roles
In addition to the predefined roles supplied with ALM Octane, space admins can create new roles
with customized permissions.
Edit permissions
Space admins can edit permissions for user-defined roles and for the following predefined roles:
Workspace admin, DevOps admin, Leader, Team member, Tester, and Viewer.
To edit permissions:
1. In Settings , click Spaces and select a space.
2. In the Permissions tab, select the role from the Role list.
3. For each item, check or clear the permissions.
Note:
l To see all of a user's roles and workspaces, click the user ID. You may also assign or
unassign roles and workspaces in this view.
l The Maintenance Protocol and Micro Service Site Admin roles are used internally for
synchronization, to deploy the Synchronizer services. For details, refer to the
Synchronizer Installation Guide. Do not modify or delete these roles.
See also:
l "Manage spaces" on page 514
l "Manage workspaces" on page 519
l "Manage teams" on page 540
l "Manage users" on page 524
Set up a release
Set up releases in the relevant shared space or workspace, and define its timeline and workforce.
In this topic:
Isolated spaces
Releases cannot be defined at the space level when the space is isolated.
Instead, workspace admins can define releases in individual workspaces.
The releases are available in that individual workspace only.
The space admin can add and modify releases l For releases defined by the space admin in
defined in the shared space. the shared space:
The releases are available to all associated ALM Octane users working in a specific workspace
workspaces. can access both the releases defined for the
corresponding shared space and also the releases
defined specifically for that workspace. Shared
releases are displayed with the icon.
You can distinguish between the releases because ALM Octane displays the shared icon for
the shared releases.
Add releases
Add the necessary releases before defining the timeline.
To add a release:
1. In Settings , click Spaces and select the shared space or workspace where you want to
create a new release.
Releases can be defined on a shared space level and a workspace level. If defined on a
workspace level, the release is only available for that workspace.
Tip: To set the release as the default release, in the toolbar click the Set as Default Release
button .
ALM Octane labels the default release as [Default] next to the release number in Backlog
release filters, dashboard grids, and so forth. This lets you set rules to help you fill values
according to a default.
Edit In the Details tab of the release, change any of the following:
global l Start and end dates of the release
release
l Release descriptions
details
If you change the start or end dates of a release, ALM Octane adjust the
release's existing sprints. ALM Octane updates sprint dates so the sprints run
consecutively from the beginning of the release. ALM Octane also removes
extra sprints are removed.
Add and A milestone is a significant date that occurs during the release timeline. This
edit can include things such as Code Freeze, Regression End, and so on. Adding
milestones milestones lets you see where these dates fall relative to your sprints.
Note: You can select only teams that are already assigned to this
sprint's release.
Enter the For each team, you should enter the estimated velocity. Velocity is the
estimated number of story points you expect each team to finish during a sprint.
velocity a. In the Teams tab of a release, click the numerical ID link for a team. The
for a team team details open for that team.
b. In the Details tab the team, in the estimated velocity field, enter the
estimated number of story points.
Note: This change is reflected for all releases for the team.
c. Click Save.
ALM Octane displays the updated velocity in the Estimated velocity column
of the Teams tab. ALM Octane also displays the number for the velocity in
the Release Expected Capacity table in the Timeline tab.
- you can override the default release to view details from the previous release instead of the
current one.
In filters, ALM Octane displays the default release with brackets as [Default release].
Deactivate a release
When you finish working on a release, you can deactivate it. Deactivated releases no longer
appear on lists of data entry, such as assigning content to a release. However they do appear in
filters, so you can see which content was assigned to obsolete releases.
Select one or more releases in the Releases grid, and click Deactivate Release .
See also:
l "Manage teams" below
l "Plan your release" on page 107
Manage teams
Workspace admins can create teams in workspaces, and assign the teams to the releases on which
they will work.
Tip: Are you going to manage ALM Octane users using LDAP? If so, we recommend that
you export LDAP users into ALM Octane before continuing. For details, see "Set up LDAP
(on-premises)" on page 502.
In this topic:
l "Overview" below
l "Sharing teams between spaces" on the next page
l "Create teams" on the next page
l "Assign a team to releases" on the next page
l "Edit a team's details" on page 542
l "Adjust a team's capacity per sprint" on page 542
Overview
Create teams in each workspace, and assign the teams to the releases on which they will work.
Then estimate a velocity at which the team is expected to work, in story points. This determines
the capacity of your release—how much functionality you can deliver according to the release
timeline and the teams working on it.
ALM Octane assumes that each team member works 6 hours each day. This determines the
capacity of your team—how many tasks your team can handle in a sprint.
Once teams are created, you can assign backlog items in ALM Octane to specific teams. This
indicates who is responsible for the different items.
You define a workspace team's settings, and users can track the team's performance across
releases.
Create teams
1. In Settings , click Spaces and select the workspace where you want to create a team.
2. In the Teams tab, click + to add a team.
3. Enter values for the team, such as name and estimated velocity, and select a team leader for
this team.
Tip: The expected velocity is the number of story points that you expect the team to
deliver in each sprint, based on the team performance over time.
In the Workspace
1. In Settings , click select the workspace where you want to edit the
Settings team.
2. In the Teams tab, click the team ID link to open the team you want to
edit.
3. In the Details tab, set the Team lead.
4. In the Members tab, select members from the list of ALM Octane
users and add them to the team.
5. To remove a member from the team, hover over the list of team
members and click the X next to the relevant name.
In the Team 1. In the Team buckets area, with a release and sprint selected in the
Backlog module filter, click the Edit button above the buckets:
Tip: If the relevant field's column is not displayed in the grid, click and add the
column to the grid.
3. In the Velocity tab, fine-tune the team's expected capacity per sprint in each release.
l Select a release.
l For each sprint, enter an Expected velocity. This is the number of story points that the
you except the team deliver in each sprint.
Tip: The Velocity grid also displays an Actual Velocity column that reports the
actual velocity achieved in a sprint so you can get a realistic view of what the team
is achieving for each sprint.
The updated capacity information is reflected in the Backlog and Team Backlog modules.
Note: For any given sprint, the expected capacity may not be the same as the expected
velocity entered in the Details tab for the team.
See also:
l "Set up a release" on page 535
l "Plan your release" on page 107
Design forms
Forms are the pages in which users create and edit entities in ALM Octane. Admins can choose
which fields are included in a form, and design the form’s layout.
In this topic:
l "Overview" on the next page
l "Sharing forms between spaces" on the next page
l "Predefined forms" on page 545
l "Design forms" above
l "Working with forms" on page 546
Overview
Admins can:
l Create or modify forms so that users see only what they need.
l Create rules so that ALM Octane uses the relevant forms. For details, see "Set up rules" on
page 568.
Use the form designer to create and edit your forms. The form designer has a form management
area and a design area.
Note: Name and Type fields cannot be accessed in the form designer.
You can design different forms for the same entity type:
l You can design different forms based on context. For example, you can design a form for use
when creating a new user story and another form for editing a user story. These forms include
different fields.
l You can also create forms for users with different roles. For example, a dev team manager is
interested in different fields than a tester.
Tip: Non-admin users can add and remove fields to forms when creating or editing an
entity. For details, see " Edit forms" on page 83.
Isolated spaces
Forms cannot be defined at the space level when the space is isolated.
Instead, workspace admins can define forms in individual workspaces.
The forms are available in that individual workspace only.
The space admin can add and modify forms defined l For forms defined by the space admin in
in the shared space. the shared space:
The forms are available to all associated workspaces. ALM Octane users working in a specific workspace
can access both the forms defined for the
corresponding shared space and also the forms
defined specifically for that workspace. Shared
forms are displayed with the icon.
You can distinguish between the forms because ALM Octane displays the shared icon for the
shared forms.
Predefined forms
For each entity type, ALM Octane provides predefined forms. ALM Octane uses these forms by
default when you create and edit entities.
l Default form for Edit
l Default form for New
You can make other forms the default forms instead of these.
You can modify these forms, but you cannot rename them.
1. In Settings , click Spaces and select the shared space or workspace where you want to
create a new form.
2. Click Entities and select an item.
3. Click Forms. The form designer is divided into the management area and the design area.
4. In the management area, modify the attributes for each field or section using the design area
toolbar.
You can also duplicate a form, rename a form, and reset a form's layout.
5. In the design area, do one of the following:
l Choose the relevant section, and the item before which you want to add a field, and click
Add field.
l Choose the section before which you want to add a section, and click Add section.
Choose either Regular or Full in the Size drop-down to determine if the field takes up an
entire row or if ALM Octane can put it on a row with other fields.
When finished adding fields, click outside the list to close the list.
Note: Required fields must be on the form, ALM Octane automatically adds them. You
6. Click Set as default if you want to use this form as the default.
Next steps:
l "Set up rules" on page 568
l "Customize fields" below
Customize fields
This topic describes how to work with both system-defined fields and user-defined fields (UDFs).
This includes creating user-defined fields (UDFs), and changing field display labels.
In this topic:
l "Sharing UDFs between spaces" below
l "Change field display labels" on page 552
l "Add a user-defined field" on page 549
l "Set attributes for the user-defined field" on page 551
l "Customize fields" above
l "Delete a user-defined field" on page 551
Isolated spaces
UDFs cannot be defined at the space level when the space is isolated.
Instead, workspace admins can define UDFs in individual workspaces.
The UDFs are available in that individual workspace only.
The space admin can add and modify UDFs defined l For UDFs defined by the space admin in
in the shared space. the shared space:
The UDFs are available to all associated workspaces. ALM Octane users working in a specific workspace
can access both the UDFs defined for the
corresponding shared space and also the UDFs
defined specifically for that workspace. Shared
UDFs are displayed with the icon.
If a UDF is defined for an individual workspace, you cannot create a UDF, or define a label, with
the same name in the associated shared space. You can create a UDF, or define a label, with the
same name in other workspaces.
Label A unique name for the field as you want it displayed in the UI. You can
enter English, non-English, and special characters.
Name Description
Description Enter a description for the user-defined field.
Limitations: UDFs can only be defined in English even if ALM Octane has been localized for a
specific language.
Number 50
Date and 20
time
List Unlimited
User Unlimited
Release Unlimited
Team Unlimited
Long 5
string Note: Long string fields can contain up to 1500 characters.
Memo 30
Note: You can modify this value by setting the MEMO_UDFS_LIMIT
configuration parameter "MEMO_UDFS_LIMIT" on page 497.
For details on creating your own lists, see "Set up lists" on page 553.
l If you want the user-defined field to select multiple value, check the Allow multiple values
check box.
8. If you are adding a user-defined field of user, release, or team type, select the reference field
on which to base the new field's value.
9. To add the user-defined field to existing forms, select the forms from the Add to form drop-
down list.
10. Click Add.
UDFs are available in ALM Octane like other predefined system fields.
Entity Forms Fields are cleared from a form the next time the form is opened.
Rules A warning is displayed. All rules containing the field are invalid and
deactivated.
Filters/ Fields in filters are cleared with a message. Reset the filters (either in the
Group By filters grid or in the dashboard configuration) as needed.
Sorting order The field is cleared from the sorting with a message.
Grid displays The field is removed from the grid display without a message.
Troubleshooting: After I modify a field label, users do not see the new label in grids.
Some grids list multiple entities in a combined view. To display correctly, the field labels for all the
entities have to match.
Test grid Includes manual tests, Gherkin tests, test suites, and automated tests.
Run grid Includes manual test runs and automated test runs for test suites.
Solution: In Settings, change the label for the field for all relevant entities.
Example
Limitation: If a field is not available for all entities in the combined grid, ALM Octane does not
display the new label.
See also:
l "Design forms" on page 543
l "Set up rules" on page 568
l "Set up lists" on the next page
Set up lists
ALM Octane provides default lists of values for system fields.
Space admins and workspace admins can modify values for many system lists, and create lists.
Admins without Administration > List > Manage permissions can view the Lists area in Settings,
but cannot make any updates.
In this topic:
l "Sharing lists between spaces" below
l "Create a user-defined list" on the next page
l "Modify a system list" on page 555
l "Delete a user-defined list" on page 556
Overview
All lists and list values have the following types of names:
l Names, which are displayed in the ALM Octane UI.
l Logical names, for use with the REST API, such as when filtering.
When creating user-defined lists and list values, logical names are automatically generated, but
can be modified. You cannot modify a logical name after it is created.
For details on working with lists in the REST API, see Create custom lists (on-premises).
Isolated spaces
Lists cannot be defined at the space level when the space is isolated.
Instead, workspace admins can define lists in individual workspaces.
The lists are available in that individual workspace only.
The space admin can add and modify lists defined in l For lists defined by the space admin in the
the shared space. shared space:
The lists are available to all associated workspaces. ALM Octane users working in a specific workspace
can access the lists defined for the corresponding
shared space. Shared lists are displayed with the
icon.
Toggle sorting the items in the list in ascending and descending order.
Restore While editing a list, you can restore the values until you Save. Values are reset to
their original values when you started editing the list.
5. Click Add.
All lists are displayed. However, you can modify only user-defined lists and certain system
lists. To determine if, and to what extent, lists are editable, see the IS MODIFIABLE and IS
RENAME ONLY columns.
3. Click the link to the list you want to modify.
4. Modify the list.
Not all lists support full editing. For example, Severity and Priority fields only support
renaming of list items.
Click... To...
Toggle sorting the items in the list in ascending and descending order.
Restore While editing a list, you can restore the values until you Save. Values are reset to
their original values when you started editing the list.
5. Click Save.
To delete a user-defined
4. Click .
See also:
l "Set up lists" on page 553
l "Customize fields" on page 547
l "Design forms" on page 543
l "Set up rules" on page 568
Overview
ALM Octane uses phases to represent the status of an entity.
For every entity, you can customize a workflow, indicating the phases through which the entity
advances as it is being developed.
Workflow is supported for any entity which proceeds through development, such as
requirements, defects, tests, and so on.
Isolated spaces
Workflows cannot be customized at the space level when the space is isolated.
Shared spaces
This table summarizes the actions admins can perform when customizing workflows in shared
spaces and associated workspaces.
The space admin can customize an entity's workflow l For workflows defined by workspace admin
in the shared space by creating, renaming, and in the workspace:
deleting phases and transitions. The workspace admin can modify these workflows.
When customized in a shared space, a workflow and Only entities in the workspace advance through the
its phases are available for the entity in all associated modified workflow phases.
workspaces.
l For workflows defined by space admin in
the shared space:
Phases in a shared workflow are displayed with the
icon.
Even if a shared workflow has been customized for a workspace, any entities whose phases were
defined in the customized parts of the shared workflow are included in the graph.
Limitation: If the cross-workspace widget configuration includes phases as the x-axis value, ALM
Octane ignores entities whose phases were customized in a workspace. They are not included in
the graph.
For details on cross-workspace widgets using the dashboard, see "Workspace " on page 291.
Phases
The phase represents a status of an entity.
Phase Different entities have different sets of phases. For example, backlog item
phases include New, Deferred, Opened, Fixed, Proposed closed, Duplicate, Closed,
and Rejected.
Indicated by a rectangle:
Start When you create a workflow, the first phase in the workflow is the Start phase.
phase
Indicated by a green rectangle:
Every workflow has only one Start phase.
Master If you select a phase in a shared workflow from within a workspace, the master
phase phase field displays the original phase in the shared workflow on which changes
were based. You can see the master phase field in the PROPERTIES pane on the
right.
l If you rename a shared workflow phase in a workspace, the master phase
displays the original name of the phase in the shared space.
l When adding phases in a workspace to a shared workflow, you add the phases
relative to an original phase. The original phase is the master phase for any of
these newly-added phases.
For examples, see "Shared workflows" on page 562.
Transitions
Workflow phases are connected by transition arrows.
Primary A primary transition is the main workflow for the entity. Most entities will pass
transition through the phases of the primary path as the entities are being developed.
Secondary, Transitions that are alternate workflow paths. These transitions are not
or alternate, essential to the primary logic of the workflow. Under certain circumstances, an
transition entity will follow the alternate path.
Indicated by a dotted arrow:
Example: Most New defects follow the primary path to the Opened phase.
However, a New defect may be Deferred if there are not enough resources to
handle it.
Sample workflows
Here are some sample workflows that demonstrate the use of phases and transitions.
User stories
Gherkin tests
Defects
Shared workflows
Here we demonstrate how to work with shared workflows. The examples below are based on the
following scenario:
Our site has a shared space for a clothing division. This shared space has four workspaces
associated with it:
The workspace admin modifies the workflow for the Men's Clothing workspace. The workspace
admin adds two phases before this phase (Researching and In Design) and two phases after this
phase (In Review and Testing). Because the changes are based on the In Progress phase, In
Progress is the master phase.
Only workspace users for that workspace can see these changes. To these workspace users, there
are now five phases between New and Completed.
Each of these five phases has the same master phase, In Progress. We can see this in the
PROPERTIES pane at the right:
The master phase, and any new phases directly or indirectly added to it, are handled as one unit in
the shared space and in cross-workspace graphs. In this example, Researching, In Design, In
Progress, In Review, and Testing are considered one unit based on the master phase, In Progress.
If a shared space graph counts the number of tasks that are In Progress, the total includes the
number of tasks in these five phases.
Set up workflows
1. In Settings , click Spaces and select a shared space or workspace.
2. Click Entities and select the entity for which you want to set up the workflow.
3. Click Workflow. The existing workflow phases display graphically.
4. Modify the workflow as needed. Select a phase, and then:
Rename a Enter a name in the PROPERTIES pane.
phase
Assign a Enter a different metaphase in the PROPERTIES pane. In the display, the
phase to a phase moves to the newly-assigned metaphase.
different
metaphase
Add a Right-click the phase before which you want to add a new phase. Select Add
phase Phase.
Tip: If you add phases with similar meanings to defect and user story
workflows, use the same name for the phase in both workflows. This is
because, in the Backlog module, the Backlog Items tab displays defects and
user stories together. The phase filter for this tab includes all workflow
phases for defects and user stories. Phases with the same name are listed
only once in the filter.
Indicate Click the Start Phase check box in the PROPERTIES pane.
the phase
is a start
phase
Indicate Click the Primary Transition check box in the PROPERTIES pane.
the
transition
is a
primary
transition
Add a Right-click the phase before which you want to add a new phase. Select Add
transition Transition. Enter the name of the target phase to which the transition
should point.
Delete a Right-click the phase or transition, and select the delete option.
phase or a l You cannot delete a phase if it has outgoing transitions, so delete those
transition transitions first.
l You cannot delete a transition if it is the only incoming transition to a
phase.
l If you delete a transition that is the primary transition, it is best to clear
l Workflow rules defined for a shared workflow can be customized for individual workspaces.
Here we demonstrate how ALM Octane handles shared workflow rules and their customization.
The scenario
A shared space has the following workflow for quality stories.
New > In Progress > Done
The space admin defined a Block Transition rule that does not allow team members to advance
the phase of a defect from In Progress to Done. Only QA testers are allowed to do this.
A workspace admin wants to customize this shared workflow. After adding the In Testing phase
before the Done master phase, the customized shared workflow in the workspace looks like this:
New > In Progress > In Testing > Done
Note: This is not true of Block Transition rules. In this case, actions are applied only to the
first phase in the unit. For details, see "Block Transition workflow rules" above.
Next steps:
l "Set up rules" on the next page
l The information about drafts in the Developer Help
l "Set up lists" on page 553
l "Workspace " on page 291
Set up rules
You can set up rules that trigger actions in ALM Octane when certain conditions are met.
In this topic:
l "Overview" below
l "Accessing rules" below
l "Sharing rules between spaces" below
l "Define rules" on the next page
l "Examples" on page 576
Overview
Rules contain an action and usually a condition.
You set the action that should occur when the condition is true.
l Actions
Examples of actions include making fields required, making fields read-only, setting a default
value for a field, and so on.
l Conditions
When conditions are met, the rule's action is performed. For example, a rule can make the Fixed
in Release field required if the Status field is changed to Fixed. Status=Fixed is the condition.
If you don't specify a condition, the rule's action is always performed. For example, you may
want a field to always be required.
Accessing rules
Space admins and workspace admins can modify values for rules.
Admins without Administration > Rule > Manage permissions can view the Rules area in Settings,
but cannot make any updates.
Isolated spaces
Rules cannot be defined at the space level when the space is isolated.
Instead, workspace admins define rules in individual workspaces.
The rules are applied in that individual workspace only.
The space admin can add and modify rules defined in l For rules defined by the space admin in
the shared space. the shared space:
The rules run in all associated workspaces. Rules run in all associated workspaces.
The workspace admin cannot modify shared rules.
l For rules defined by the workspace admin
in a workspace:
The workspace admin can add and modify these
rules.
The rules run for that individual workspace only.
Individual workspace rules run first, and then shared space rules. For details, see "Do shared
space rules or workspace rules take precedence?" on page 581.
Define rules
Rules can be defined for shared spaces and workspaces.
Create a rule
1. Plan ahead.
Depending on the rule you are defining, there may be some preliminary steps to take before
starting.
For example, if you are creating a rule with the Trigger Webhook action, you may want to
define credentials before creating the rule.
2. In Settings , click Spaces and select a space or a workspace.
3. Click Entities and select the item for which you want to create a rule.
4. Click Rules.
5. You can create a new rule or use an existing one as a basis:
l Click + to create a new rule.
Define an action
Click Action and choose the action for the rule to perform.
Enter the relevant values for that action.
Actions
Action Description
Use Form Enable users to select different form layouts for adding and editing entities.
The form layout must be pre-defined in Customization > Forms.
Example
Timing is the trigger that causes a value to be set. The timing can be:
l When an entity is created.
l When an entity field is changed.
The value can be a new value, empty, or a copy of another field's value.
Example
Action Description
Trigger ALM Octane supports webhooks for integrating with other applications.
Webhook Configure the webhooks by creating a rule with the Trigger Webhook action.
Configure the following:
l Credentials
Trigger Webhook rules support basic authentication. You can set credentials in
the Trigger Webhook rule and each Trigger Webhook request will include the
basic authentication header.
Credentials is the user name and password that ALM Octane can use to
authenticate the request, typically using basic authentication.
For details, see "Set up credentials" on page 309.
Note: Credentials are supported only when not using an integration bridge.
When using an integration bridge, the credential field is disabled.
Click Test Connection to verify the connection is successful.
l Type
Action Description
l If the URL is publicly available to the ALM Octane server, no additional
actions are necessary.
l If the URL is not publicly available, choose Advanced settings to select an
integration bridge. For details, see "Set up the Integration Bridge Agent" on
page 311.
Note: When using an integration bridge, credentials are not supported. The
credentials field is disabled.
For end-to-end instructions on working with Trigger Webhook rules, review
"Trigger webhooks for other applications" on page 581.
Alert User If an entity matches the rule condition, an error dialog is opened with a message
you define. The entity cannot be saved until the user modifies the entity and the
entity no longer matches the rule condition.
Note: The condition should contain criteria that are not desirable. We want the
rule to alert users with an error dialog box only if there is a problem. The condition
specifies a problematic scenario, not a legitimate one.
You can have the rule alert users when an entity is created, changed, or deleted.
Submission mode is the trigger that causes the rule to run.
Tip: You can use this rule action to prevent a user with a certain role from
performing an action under certain circumstances. For example, if a rule action for
creating a user story is Alert User, and the rule condition indicates the release that
the user is not allowed to work in, if the condition is true, the user cannot work in
that specific release—even if generally, the user has permissions to do so for other
releases.
Example
Action Description
Assign to Adds an item in the My Work module for the user assigned to the selected type
Users (author, detected by, owner, QA owner).
Block Prevent users from transitioning from one phase to a specific phase, even though
Transition the transition is generally permitted in the workflow for the entity.
Tip: To define phase-dependent rules, click the Workflow tab, select a phase or
transition for which you want to create a rule, and click the Rules tab.
Define a condition
A condition is made up of a field, an operator and a value.
1. Click Condition to start creating the condition.
Only one condition can be defined for each rule. But the condition can be a complex
condition: This means that you can have one condition with several parts, separated by And
and Or operators.
Select a field
Select a field on which to base the condition, or a special circumstance.
Special circumstances include:
Edit The condition is based on whether the current entity existed already and is
Mode now being edited, or if the current entity is new.
To check if new: Edit mode = New
To check if existing: Not(Edit mode = New)
< The condition is based on how many related items of a certain type exist.
entity
> count Examples
l Counts
Find features not associated with any application modules:
i. Select the feature entity.
ii. Select Application module count for the Field value.
iii. Select the = operator.
iv. Enter the value 0.
v. Click OK.
l Counts of items related to other entities
Find features with tags that I created:
i. Select the feature entity.
ii. Select Tags count for the Field value.
Select an operator
Depending on the selected field or special circumstance, different operators are available. For
example, date fields display different operators than text fields.
In addition to typical operators (=, <, >, and so on), some fields support special operators,
such as:
contains Checks if the field contains the values you select from a list.
include Checks if the current user role includes the roles you select from a list.
Available only for the circumstance Current User Role.
is Checks if the field is modified from its original value. This operator is not
modified available for new entities.
Current You can set conditions that assess the original value of a field (when the
and entity was first accessed) or the current value of a field (because you may
Original have changed the field value since the entity was initially accessed).
operators l To base the condition on the original value, select an operator under the
Tip: If no Filter operators exist, you can filter the count by selecting the
icon. For details, see "Counts of items related to other entities" on the previous
page.
Set a value
In the next box, enter a value. You can enter a value or select one or more values from a list. If
you select multiple values, they are connected with an Or statement.
For user fields, you can enter [Current User] as a value. If necessary, add AND/OR expressions
to the condition.
If necessary, add AND/OR expressions to the condition.
As you build the condition, a textual representation of the condition is displayed in the
Description box.
Note: Conditions can evaluate to false if ALM Octane encounters a field in a rule
definition that it cannot process because the field does not exist. Sometimes this is
because a field was removed from the project. There are situations where this is not
an error, but part of the logic necessary to implement your organization's policy.
By default, rules are activated. For details, see "Understand rule activation and performance"
on page 578.
After you save the rules, ALM Octane automatically runs them.
Examples
Examples of creating rules are listed below.
Switching forms
When a tester creates a defect to report a bug, organizational policy dictates that the tester be
able to view and edit the following fields: Description, and Severity.
Similarly, when a developer starts fixing a defect, the developer must be able to view and edit the
following fields: Fixed on, Fixed in Build, and Owner.
Define two rules:
l Rule 1: Sets a form for developers.
Condition: If the team is the Developer team...
Action: The form for developers is used.
l Rule 2: Sets a form for testers.
Condition: If the team is the Tester team...
Action: The form for testers is used.
Prevent developers from closing a defect, while all other users can.
Developers should not be able to close defects, so we can create a workflow rule that blocks this
transition.
We recommend you create the rule from the Workflow tab for the entity. This way, the From and
To phases for the transition are already entered for you. Select the transition between Proposed
Closed and Closed, and add a rule using the Rules panel.
Condition: If the Current User Role includes Team Member...
Action: Block transition from Proposed Closed to Closed.
First, ask your space admin to make sure that the tester role has create/edit permissions for
defects. For details, see "Assign roles and permissions" on page 529.
Then we add an Alert User rule with a condition that lists the releases for which the tester cannot
update defects.
If the condition in the rule evaluates to true, the rule alerts the user that the updates violate the
specified condition and prevents all updates to the defect.
Action: Alert the user when creating, modifying or deleting a defect if the condition indicates a
problem (meaning, the condition evaluates to true).
Condition: If the Current User Role includes Tester, and Release equals a forbidden release, the
condition evaluates to true. The user is alerted and updates are prevented.
Next steps:
l "Understand rule activation and performance" below
l "Trigger webhooks for other applications" on page 581
l "Troubleshoot rules " on page 595
l "Design forms" on page 543
l "Create workflow rules" on page 565
the conditions are met, certain events must also occur for these rules' actions to be performed.
These events include the creation of a new entity, deletion of an existing entity, or changing an
existing entity.
Note: You do not have to specify a condition when defining this type of rule. The rules'
actions can be performed when the event occurs without any other constraints.
Examples include:
l Set Field Value rules. These rules change the value of a field as an entity is created or
changed. These rules' actions occur as soon as the operation is initiated.
l Send Email rules. These rules send an email if an entity is created, changed, or deleted.
These rules' actions are performed after the user clicks Add or Save.
l Alert User rules. These rules validate an entity when it is created, changed, or deleted, and
after the user clicks Add or Save. These rules' actions are performed after the user clicks Add
or Save.
The entity/context is considered valid if the condition is false. No alerts are sent.
If the condition is true, the user is alerted and updates are prevented.
Note: Moving an entity in the tree is not considered a change to the entity.
Example:
A rule checks if a defect is new (Edit mode=New) and if so, sets the input form to
TheAddForm. This form lets users enter the basic information for a defect, without getting
into details that are generally only known at a later time.
The next rule in the list checks if a defect is already in existence and being edited ( Not
(Edit mode=New) ). In this case, the rule sets the input form to TheEditForm.
A third rule checks if the Priority for the defect is 1-Critical and if so, sets the form to
TheCriticalForm. This form forces the specification of additional fields for explaining why
this defect is critical. This rule contradicts the setting of the second rule, because as it is the
last to run, its result is the one that is retained—even if the defect is not new.
My organization has many rules. Any tips on how to list them in the grid?
If your organization has many rules, organizing them a certain way can help you see what's
defined. You may find it helpful to organize your rule list according to how ALM Octane processes
rules. This has no impact on when rule actions run, but it may help you see the big picture.
This order also most resembles the way ALM Octane processes the rules "behind the scenes."
1. List the rules that occur after a certain event:
a. Rules that change field values as an entity is being created.
b. Rules that change field values when an entity is changed or deleted.
c. Rules that send emails.
d. Alert User rules, which validate an entity and alert a user if there is a problem.
2. List all other rules. These are the rules that are evaluated and performed on an ongoing basis.
Tip: You are likely to have many rules that set different lookup lists and sub-lists to
cover all scenarios. It's easier to read if these are grouped together at the end.
Workspace rules run first, before shared space rules run. If a shared space rule contradicts
the actions defined in a workspace rule, the shared space rule takes precedence because it is run
last.
Overview
The webhook mechanism supports advanced workflow use case scenarios and enables
integration with other applications.
Trigger webhook rules send an HTTP/S request, with a payload in JSON format, to an endpoint
URL when an event occurs in ALM Octane, such as entity creation, deletion, or update.
At the endpoint URL, an application receives the requests and processes the information.
Configure proxies
On-premises: You may have to ask the site admin to configure your organization's proxy so that
outgoing requests are not blocked.
Proxies are set by modifying an octane.yml file and restarting the ALM Octane server. For details,
see the information about configuring other settings in the ALM Octane Installation Guide .
TIMEOUT.
For details, see "Configuration parameters" on page 480.
Set up credentials
You may have to ask an admin to define credentials to be used for authenticating the request.
Trigger webhook rules support basic authentication. When you set credentials in the Trigger
webhook rule, each webhook request includes a basic authentication header.
For details, see "Set up credentials" on page 309.
Tip: Use the alm-octane-webhooks-listener tool to simulate the web service and to see the
structure of the request payload. For details, see "Listen for ALM Octane webhooks" on
page 589 and this video:
Different payloads are sent depending on which event triggered the webhook.
Delete By default, the Trigger webhook action includes only basic fields, such as ID and
entity type.
Update By default, in addition to the basic fields, such as ID and type, the Trigger
entity webhook action includes a set of "before/after" changes.
When creating the Trigger webhook rule, you can select additional fields to include in the request
payload by specifying Fields.
Part Description
Header Sent with every Trigger webhook rule, and consists of:
information
l server_url
l event_type
l username
l sharedspace_id
l workspace_id
Basic Fields that are sent with every Trigger webhook rule. These fields include:
information
l id
l type
Additional Additional fields that you can add to the request payload, using Fields when
information setting up the Trigger webhook rule.
Changes If the event_type is update, the changes field is included in the request
payload.
The changes field includes the set of changes, including the values before and
after the update.
"changes": {
"detected_by": {
"oldValue": null,
"newValue": {
"id": 1002,
"type": "workspace_user",
"email": "YourEmail@YourCompany.com"
}
}
}
Field
type Sample snippets
List node Object of type and ID, such as phases.
"phase": {
"type": "phase",
"id": "phase.defect.new"
}
"changes": {
"phase": {
"oldValue": {
"type": "phase",
"id": "phase.test_manual.new"
},
"newValue": {
"type": "phase",
"id": "phase.test_manual.planned"
}
}
}
Field
type Sample snippets
Multi-list Total count in addition to the array of list nodes, such as the list of test types.
nodes
"test_type": {
"total_count": 2,
"data": [
{
"type": "list_node",
"id": "list_node.test_type.performance"
},
{
"type": "list_node",
"id": "list_node.test_type.regression"
}
]
}
"changes": {
"test_type": {
"oldValue": [
{
"type": "list_node",
"id": "list_node.test_type.performance"
},
{
"type": "list_node",
"id": "list_node.test_type.regression"
}
],
"newValue": [
{
"type": "list_node",
"id": "list_node.test_type.performance"
}
]
}
}
Field
type Sample snippets
Multi- Total count in addition to the array of reference entities, such as application
reference modules (previously known as product areas).
"application_modules": {
"total_count": 2,
"data": [
{
"type": "application_module",
"id": "2002"
},
{
"type": "application_module",
"id": "2001"
}
]
}
"changes": {
"application_modules": {
"oldValue": [
{
"id": 1001,
"type": "application_module"
}
],
"newValue": [
{
"id": 1002
"type": "application_module",
}
]
}
}
l The service must return a valid HTTP/S response so that ALM Octane does not misinterpret
the response as a failure of the webhook itself.
To avoid potential abuse, ALM Octane provides a protection mechanism that blocks URLs if the
above guidelines are not followed.
Tip: Use the alm-octane-webhooks-listener tool to simulate the web service. For details,
see "Listen for ALM Octane webhooks" below.
See also:
l "Set up rules" on page 568
l "Access and credentials" on page 305
l "Set up the Integration Bridge Agent" on page 311
l "Configuration parameters" on page 480
l "Listen for ALM Octane webhooks" below
Overview
The alm-octane-webhooks-listener tool helps facilitate your understanding of how ALM Octane
webhooks work.
The tool simulates how a server application would listen for webhook requests.
Option Description
--port Port to use.
Default: 8080
Response
Available on:
http://12.34.56.78:8081 (Ethernet)
http://87.65.43.21:8081 (internal)
"newValue": {
"id": "list_node.severity.urgent",
"type": "list_node"
}
},
"last_modified": {
"oldValue": "2019-03-18T11:28:29Z",
"newValue": "2019-03-18T11:35:44Z"
}
}
}
]
}
See also:
l "Trigger webhooks for other applications" on page 581
l "Set up rules" on page 568
Troubleshoot rules
This section contains troubleshooting suggestions for issues relating to the ALM Octane rules.
In this topic:
l "Rules that validate (Alert User rules) do not seem to run. For example, entities with blank
required fields are created." below
Rules that validate (Alert User rules) do not seem to run. For example, entities with
blank required fields are created.
When using the REST API, work items (epics, features, user stories, and defects) can be created as
drafts. This means that ALM Octane bypasses validation rules to enable quick creation (POST) of
a work item. Later, when editing (or PUTting using the REST API), the validation rules are
enforced. For details on creating drafts and turning on/off the draft feature, see the information
about drafts in the Developer Help.
Next steps:
l "Set up rules" on page 568
l The information about drafts in the Developer Help
Send Us Feedback
Let us know how we can improve your experience with the ALM Octane User Guide.
Send your email to: docteam@microfocus.com